Document:

Indenture (11.25% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes Due 2018)

 Exhibit 4.1 
 CARROLS RESTAURANT GROUP, INC., 
 as Issuer 

THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO FROM TIME TO TIME, 
 as Guarantors 
  

 
 11.25% SENIOR
SECURED SECOND LIEN NOTES DUE 2018 
  
  

INDENTURE 
 DATED
AS OF MAY 30, 2012 
  
  

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., 
 as Trustee 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
	
	ARTICLE I	  
	
	DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE	  
			
	 SECTION 1.1
	  	 Definitions.
	  	 	1	  
	 SECTION 1.2
	  	 Other Definitions.
	  	 	26	  
	 SECTION 1.3
	  	 Rules of Construction.
	  	 	27	  
	
	ARTICLE II	  
	
	THE NOTES	  
			
	 SECTION 2.1
	  	 Form and Dating.
	  	 	27	  
	 SECTION 2.2
	  	 Execution and Authentication.
	  	 	28	  
	 SECTION 2.3
	  	 Registrar; Paying Agent.
	  	 	29	  
	 SECTION 2.4
	  	 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.
	  	 	29	  
	 SECTION 2.5
	  	 Holder Lists.
	  	 	29	  
	 SECTION 2.6
	  	 Book-Entry Provisions for Global Securities.
	  	 	30	  
	 SECTION 2.7
	  	 Replacement Notes.
	  	 	33	  
	 SECTION 2.8
	  	 Outstanding Notes.
	  	 	33	  
	 SECTION 2.9
	  	 Treasury Notes.
	  	 	33	  
	 SECTION 2.10
	  	 Temporary Notes.
	  	 	33	  
	 SECTION 2.11
	  	 Cancellation.
	  	 	34	  
	 SECTION 2.12
	  	 Defaulted Interest.
	  	 	34	  
	 SECTION 2.13
	  	 Record Date.
	  	 	34	  
	 SECTION 2.14
	  	 Computation of Interest.
	  	 	34	  
	 SECTION 2.15
	  	 CUSIP Number.
	  	 	34	  
	 SECTION 2.16
	  	 Special Transfer Provisions.
	  	 	34	  
	 SECTION 2.17
	  	 Issuance of Additional Notes.
	  	 	36	  
	
	ARTICLE III	  
	
	REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT	  
			
	 SECTION 3.1
	  	 Notices to Trustee.
	  	 	36	  
	 SECTION 3.2
	  	 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed.
	  	 	36	  
	 SECTION 3.3
	  	 Notice of Redemption.
	  	 	37	  
	 SECTION 3.4
	  	 Effect of Notice of Redemption.
	  	 	37	  
	 SECTION 3.5
	  	 Deposit of Redemption of Purchase Price.
	  	 	37	  
	 SECTION 3.6
	  	 Notes Redeemed in Part.
	  	 	38	  
	 SECTION 3.7
	  	 Optional Redemption.
	  	 	38	  
	 SECTION 3.8
	  	 Mandatory Redemption.
	  	 	38	  
	 SECTION 3.9
	  	 Offer to Purchase.
	  	 	38	  
	
	ARTICLE IV	  
	
	COVENANTS	  
			
	 SECTION 4.1
	  	 Payment of Notes.
	  	 	39	  
	 SECTION 4.2
	  	 Maintenance of Office or Agency.
	  	 	39	  
	 SECTION 4.3
	  	 Provision of Financial Information.
	  	 	40	  

  
 -i-

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
			
	 SECTION 4.4
	  	 Compliance Certificate.
	  	 	40	  
	 SECTION 4.5
	  	 Taxes.
	  	 	41	  
	 SECTION 4.6
	  	 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.
	  	 	41	  
	 SECTION 4.7
	  	 Limitation on Restricted Payments.
	  	 	41	  
	 SECTION 4.8
	  	 Limitation on Dividends and Other Payments Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries.
	  	 	43	  
	 SECTION 4.9
	  	 Limitation on Incurrence of Debt.
	  	 	45	  
	 SECTION 4.10
	  	 Limitation on Asset Sales
	  	 	47	  
	 SECTION 4.11
	  	 Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates.
	  	 	49	  
	 SECTION 4.12
	  	 Limitation on Liens.
	  	 	50	  
	 SECTION 4.13
	  	 Maintenance of Property and Insurance.
	  	 	50	  
	 SECTION 4.14
	  	 Offer to Purchase upon Change of Control.
	  	 	51	  
	 SECTION 4.15
	  	 Corporate Existence.
	  	 	51	  
	 SECTION 4.16
	  	 Limitation on Business Activities.
	  	 	51	  
	 SECTION 4.17
	  	 Additional Note Guarantees.
	  	 	51	  
	 SECTION 4.18
	  	 Limitation on Creation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries.
	  	 	52	  
	 SECTION 4.19
	  	 Further Assurances.
	  	 	52	  
	 SECTION 4.20
	  	 Additional Interest Notice.
	  	 	53	  
	
	ARTICLE V	  
	
	SUCCESSORS	  
			
	 SECTION 5.1
	  	 Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance, Transfer or Lease.
	  	 	53	  
	 SECTION 5.2
	  	 Successor Person Substituted.
	  	 	54	  
	
	ARTICLE VI	  
	
	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES	  
			
	 SECTION 6.1
	  	 Events of Default.
	  	 	54	  
	 SECTION 6.2
	  	 Acceleration.
	  	 	56	  
	 SECTION 6.3
	  	 Other Remedies.
	  	 	57	  
	 SECTION 6.4
	  	 Waiver of Past Defaults.
	  	 	57	  
	 SECTION 6.5
	  	 Control by Majority.
	  	 	57	  
	 SECTION 6.6
	  	 Limitation on Suits.
	  	 	57	  
	 SECTION 6.7
	  	 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.
	  	 	58	  
	 SECTION 6.8
	  	 Collection Suit by Trustee.
	  	 	58	  
	 SECTION 6.9
	  	 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.
	  	 	58	  
	 SECTION 6.10
	  	 Priorities.
	  	 	58	  
	 SECTION 6.11
	  	 Undertaking for Costs.
	  	 	59	  
	
	ARTICLE VII	  
	
	TRUSTEE	  
			
	 SECTION 7.1
	  	 Duties of Trustee.
	  	 	59	  
	 SECTION 7.2
	  	 Rights of Trustee.
	  	 	60	  
	 SECTION 7.3
	  	 Individual Rights of Trustee.
	  	 	61	  
	 SECTION 7.4
	  	 Trustee’s Disclaimer.
	  	 	61	  
	 SECTION 7.5
	  	 Notice of Defaults.
	  	 	61	  
	 SECTION 7.6
	  	 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.
	  	 	62	  
	 SECTION 7.7
	  	 Compensation and Indemnity.
	  	 	62	  
	 SECTION 7.8
	  	 Replacement of Trustee.
	  	 	63	  
	 SECTION 7.9
	  	 Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.
	  	 	63	  

  
 -ii-

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
			
	 SECTION 7.10
	  	 Eligibility; Disqualification.
	  	 	63	  
	 SECTION 7.11
	  	 Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer.
	  	 	64	  
	 SECTION 7.12
	  	 Trustee’s Application for Instructions from the Issuer.
	  	 	64	  
	 SECTION 7.13
	  	 Limitation of Liability.
	  	 	64	  
	 SECTION 7.14
	  	 Collateral Agent.
	  	 	64	  
	 SECTION 7.15
	  	 Co-Trustees; Separate Trustee; Collateral Agent.
	  	 	64	  
	 SECTION 7.16
	  	 Limitation on Duty of Trustee and Collateral Agent in Respect of Collateral; Indemnification.
	  	 	66	  
	
	ARTICLE VIII	  
	
	LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE	  
			
	 SECTION 8.1
	  	 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
	  	 	66	  
	 SECTION 8.2
	  	 Legal Defeasance.
	  	 	66	  
	 SECTION 8.3
	  	 Covenant Defeasance.
	  	 	67	  
	 SECTION 8.4
	  	 Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
	  	 	67	  
	 SECTION 8.5
	  	 Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.
	  	 	68	  
	 SECTION 8.6
	  	 Repayment to Issuer.
	  	 	68	  
	 SECTION 8.7
	  	 Reinstatement.
	  	 	69	  
	 SECTION 8.8
	  	 Discharge.
	  	 	69	  
	
	ARTICLE IX	  
	
	AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER	  
			
	 SECTION 9.1
	  	 Without Consent of Holders of the Notes.
	  	 	69	  
	 SECTION 9.2
	  	 With Consent of Holders of Notes.
	  	 	70	  
	 SECTION 9.3
	  	 Revocation and Effect of Consents.
	  	 	71	  
	 SECTION 9.4
	  	 Notation on or Exchange of Notes.
	  	 	72	  
	 SECTION 9.5
	  	 Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc.
	  	 	72	  
	
	ARTICLE X	  
	
	SECURITY	  
			
	 SECTION 10.1
	  	 Security Documents; Additional Collateral.
	  	 	72	  
	 SECTION 10.2
	  	 Recording, Registration and Opinions.
	  	 	72	  
	 SECTION 10.3
	  	 Releases of Collateral.
	  	 	73	  
	 SECTION 10.4
	  	 Form and Sufficiency of Release.
	  	 	74	  
	 SECTION 10.5
	  	 Possession and Use of Collateral.
	  	 	74	  
	 SECTION 10.6
	  	 Purchaser Protected.
	  	 	74	  
	 SECTION 10.7
	  	 Authorization of Actions to Be Taken by the Collateral Agent Under the Security Documents.
	  	 	74	  
	 SECTION 10.8
	  	 Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Security Agreement.
	  	 	75	  
	 SECTION 10.9
	  	 Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Collateral Agent.
	  	 	75	  
	 SECTION 10.10
	  	 Appointment and Authorization of The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. Trust as Collateral Agent.
	  	 	75	  

  
 -iii-

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
	
	ARTICLE XI	  
	
	NOTE GUARANTEES	  
			
	 SECTION 11.1
	  	 Note Guarantees.
	  	 	75	  
	 SECTION 11.2
	  	 Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee.
	  	 	76	  
	 SECTION 11.3
	  	 Severability.
	  	 	77	  
	 SECTION 11.4
	  	 Limitation of Guarantors’ Liability.
	  	 	77	  
	 SECTION 11.5
	  	 Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., on Certain Terms.
	  	 	77	  
	 SECTION 11.6
	  	 Release of a Guarantor.
	  	 	78	  
	 SECTION 11.7
	  	 Benefits Acknowledged.
	  	 	78	  
	 SECTION 11.8
	  	 Future Guarantors.
	  	 	78	  
	
	ARTICLE XII	  
	
	MISCELLANEOUS	  
			
	 SECTION 12.1
	  	 Notices.
	  	 	79	  
	 SECTION 12.2
	  	 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.
	  	 	80	  
	 SECTION 12.3
	  	 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.
	  	 	80	  
	 SECTION 12.4
	  	 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.
	  	 	80	  
	 SECTION 12.5
	  	 Rules by Trustee and Agents.
	  	 	81	  
	 SECTION 12.6
	  	 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.
	  	 	81	  
	 SECTION 12.7
	  	 Governing Law.
	  	 	81	  
	 SECTION 12.8
	  	 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.
	  	 	81	  
	 SECTION 12.9
	  	 Successors.
	  	 	81	  
	 SECTION 12.10
	  	 Severability.
	  	 	81	  
	 SECTION 12.11
	  	 Counterpart Originals.
	  	 	81	  
	 SECTION 12.12
	  	 Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.
	  	 	82	  
	 SECTION 12.13
	  	 Acts of Holders.
	  	 	82	  
	 SECTION 12.14
	  	 Intercreditor Agreement.
	  	 	82	  
	 SECTION 12.15
	  	 Patriot Act
	  	 	83	  

  
 -iv-

 EXHIBITS 
  

			
	Exhibit A	  	FORM OF 11.25% SENIOR SECURED SECOND LIEN NOTE
	Exhibit B	  	FORM OF NOTATIONAL GUARANTEE
	Exhibit C	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED IN CONNECTION WITH TRANSFERS PURSUANT TO RULE 144A
	Exhibit D	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED IN CONNECTION WITH TRANSFERS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S
	Exhibit E	  	FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE IN RESPECT OF GUARANTEE

  
 -v-

 This Indenture, dated as of May 30, 2012, is by and among Carrols Restaurant Group,
Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), the Guarantors (as defined herein) and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., a national banking association, as trustee (in such capacity and not in its individual capacity,
the “Trustee”). 
 Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and
ratable benefit of the holders of (i) the Issuer’s 11.25% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2018 issued on the date hereof that contain the restrictive legend in Exhibit A (the “Initial Notes”),
(ii) Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Initial Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined herein) or pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act (as defined herein) without the
restrictive legends in Exhibit A (the “Exchange Notes”) and (iii) Additional Notes (as defined herein) issued from time to time (together with the Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes, the “Notes”).

 ARTICLE I 
 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 
 SECTION 1.1 Definitions. 

“Acquired Debt” means Debt of a Person (including an Unrestricted Subsidiary) existing at the time such Person becomes a
Restricted Subsidiary or assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person. 
 “Additional
Interest” means all amounts, if any, payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Additional
Notes” means Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued pursuant to Article II hereof and otherwise in compliance with the provisions of this Indenture. 
 “Affiliate” of any Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such Person. For the purposes of this
definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the
terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings that correspond to the foregoing. 

“Agent” means any Registrar, Paying Agent (so long as Trustee serves in such capacity) or co-registrar. 

“Applicable Premium” means, as calculated by the Issuer, with respect to any Note on any applicable redemption date, the
greater of: 
 (1) 1.0% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Note; and 

(2) the excess of: 
 (a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the Redemption Price of the Note at May 15, 2015 (such Redemption Price being set forth in the table appearing in Section 3.7(b)) plus
(ii) all required interest payments due on the Note through May 15, 2015 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over 

(b) the then outstanding principal amount of the Note. 

“Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global
Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary that apply to such transfer or exchange. 

 “Asset Acquisition” means: 

(i) an Investment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in any other Person pursuant to which such Person shall
become a Restricted Subsidiary, or shall be merged with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; or 

(ii) the acquisition by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the assets of any Person which constitute all or
substantially all of the assets of such Person, any division or line of business of such Person or any other properties or assets of such Person other than in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices. 

“Asset Sale” means (x) any transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition (including, without limitation,
dispositions pursuant to any consolidation or merger) by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Person (other than to the Issuer or one or more Restricted Subsidiaries) in any single transaction or series of transactions of: 

(i) Capital Interests in another Person (other than Capital Interests in the Issuer or directors’ qualifying shares
or shares or interests required to be held by foreign nationals pursuant to local law); or 
 (ii) any other
property or assets (other than in the normal course of business, including any sale or other disposition of obsolete or permanently retired equipment and any sale of inventory in the ordinary course of business); or 

(y) an Event of Loss; 
 provided, however, that the term “Asset Sale” shall exclude: 
 (a) any asset disposition permitted by Section 5.1 that constitutes a disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole; 

(b) any single transaction or series of related transactions that involve the sale of assets or sale of Capital Interests
of a Restricted Subsidiary having a Fair Market Value of less than $2.5 million; 
 (c) sales or other
dispositions of cash or Eligible Cash Equivalents; 
 (d) sales of interests in Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

 (e) the sale and leaseback of any assets (other than Real Property that is acquired for the purpose of serving
as a restaurant) within 180 days of the acquisition thereof; 
 (f) the sale and leaseback of any Real Property
that is acquired for the purpose of serving as a restaurant within 365 days of the acquisition thereof; 
 (g)
the disposition of assets that, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors or management of the Issuer, are no longer used or useful in the business of such entity; 

(h) a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is otherwise permitted by this Indenture; 

(i) the sale or lease of equipment or inventory in the ordinary course of business; 

(j) the creation of a Lien (but not the sale or other disposition of the property subject to such Lien); 

  
 -2-

 (k) leases or subleases in the ordinary course of business to third persons
not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries and otherwise in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture; 

(l) dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof in the ordinary course of
business; 
 (m) licensing of intellectual property in accordance with industry practice in the ordinary course
of business, including, without limitation, pursuant to any franchise agreements; or 
 (n) an issuance of
Capital Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or to another Restricted Subsidiary. 
 For purposes of this
definition, any series of related transactions that, if effected as a single transaction, would constitute an Asset Sale shall be deemed to be a single Asset Sale effected when the last such transaction which is a part thereof is effected.

 “Asset Sale Offer” means an Offer to Purchase required to be made by the Issuer pursuant to
Section 4.10 to all Holders. 
 “Average Life” means, as of any date of determination, with respect to any
Debt, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the products of (x) the number of years from the date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment (including any sinking fund or mandatory redemption
payment requirements) of such Debt multiplied by (y) the amount of such principal payment by (ii) the sum of all such principal payments. 
 “Bank Lender” means any Lender or holder of Debt under the Revolving Credit Agreement. 
 “Bank Product” means any services or facilities provided to the Issuer or any Guarantor by any Bank Lender, or any of their respective Affiliates including, without limitation, Hedging
Obligations. 
 “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief
of debtors. 
 “Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the
Exchange Act. 
 “Board of Directors” means (i) with respect to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary,
its board of directors or, other than for purposes of the definition of “Change of Control,” any duly authorized committee thereof; (ii) with respect to any other corporation, the board of directors of such corporation or any duly
authorized committee thereof; and (iii) with respect to any other entity, the board of directors or similar body of the general partner or managers of such entity or any duly authorized committee thereof. 

“Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Issuer or
any Restricted Subsidiary to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification and delivered to the Trustee. 

“Burger King Acquisition” means the acquisition by the Issuer of approximately 278 company-owned Burger King restaurants
in Ohio, Indiana, Kentucky, Pennsylvania, North Carolina, South Carolina and Virginia pursuant to the Burger King Acquisition Agreement. 
 “Burger King Acquisition Agreement” means that certain asset purchase agreement dated as of March 26, 2012, as amended, among the Issuer, Carrols LLC and Burger King Corporation
relating to the Burger King Acquisition. 
 “Burger King Corporation” means Burger King Corporation, a Florida
corporation. 

  
 -3-

 “Burger King Operating Agreement” means that certain operating agreement to
be dated as of the Issue Date between Carrols LLC and Burger King Corporation entered into in connection with the Burger King Acquisition. 
 “Burger King Rights” means the rights (if any) of Burger King Corporation under each Franchise Agreement, pursuant to which Burger King Corporation shall be entitled to: (a) prior
written notice of any sale of all or substantially all of the Capital Interests of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; (b) a right of first refusal to purchase all or substantially all of the Capital Interests of the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary or of all or substantially all of the assets of a restaurant subject to a Franchise Agreement in connection with a sale thereof; (c) prior approval of any sale of all or substantially all of the Capital Interests of the
Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; and (d) prior written consent of the sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or give-away of substantially all of the assets of any restaurant subject to a Franchise Agreement; in each case to the extent set
forth in a legally binding Franchise Agreement. 
 “Business Day” means any day other than a Legal Holiday.

 “Capital Interests” in any Person means any and all shares, interests (including preferred interests,
restricted stock interests and stock options, warrants and other convertible instruments), participations or other equivalents in the equity interest (however designated) in such Person and any rights (other than Debt securities convertible into an
equity interest), warrants or options to acquire an equity interest in such Person. 
 “Capital Lease
Obligations” means any obligation under a lease that is required to be capitalized for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP; and the amount of Debt represented by such obligation shall be the capitalized amount of such
obligations determined in accordance with GAAP; and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be terminated by the lessee
without payment of a penalty. For purposes of Section 4.12, a Capital Lease Obligation shall be deemed secured by a Lien on the Property being leased. 
 “Certificated Notes” means Notes that are in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto. 
 “Carrols Officer” means each of Daniel T. Accordino, Paul R. Flanders, Timothy J. LaLonde and William E. Myers. 
 “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events: 
 (i) the acquisition by any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than one or more Permitted Holders, that is or becomes
the “beneficial owner” (as such term is used in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that for purposes of this clause (i) such person or group or Permitted Holder shall be deemed to have “beneficial
ownership” of all shares that any such person or group has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more
than 50% of the Voting Interests in the Issuer; 
 (ii) following the Issue Date, during any period of two
consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors of the Issuer (together with any new directors whose election by the Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by the equity holders of
the Issuer was approved by a vote of a majority of the directors of the Issuer then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any
reason to constitute a majority of the Issuer’s Board of Directors then in office; or 
 (iii) the Issuer
sells, conveys, transfers or leases (either in one transaction or a series of related transactions) all or substantially all of the Issuer’s assets (determined on a consolidated basis) to any Person (other than a Person that is controlled by
any of the Permitted Holders), or the Issuer consolidates with or merges into another Person or any Person consolidates with or merges into the Issuer other than pursuant to a transaction in which the holders of the Voting Interests in the Issuer
immediately prior to such transaction own, directly or indirectly, not less than a majority of the Voting Interests of the surviving corporation immediately after such transaction in substantially the same proportion as before the transaction.

  
 -4-

 “Change of Control Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.14.

 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the regulations
promulgated thereunder. 
 “Collateral” means all of the assets of the Issuer and the Guarantors, whether real,
personal or mixed, with respect to which a Lien is granted (or purported to be granted) as security for any Obligations pursuant to the Notes and the Note Guarantees and any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations (including proceeds and
products thereof). 
 “Collateral Agent” means The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., a national
banking association. 
 “Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission and any successor thereto.

 “Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net
Income of such Person for such period plus, without duplication, the following to the extent deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income: 
 (i) Consolidated Income Tax Expense (other than income tax expense (either positive or negative) attributable to extraordinary gains or losses); plus 

(ii) the Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period; plus

 (iii) the aggregate depreciation, amortization (including amortization of goodwill and other intangibles) and
other Consolidated Non-cash Charges, including straight line rent expense and pension expense, to the extent non-cash; plus 
 (iv) Preopening Costs associated with new restaurant store openings, not to exceed $300,000 in the aggregate per restaurant; plus 

(v) non-capitalized expenses relating to restaurant remodels, not to exceed $1,500,000 in the aggregate in any
four-quarter period; minus 
 (vi) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income, other than
(a) the accrual of revenue or recording of receivables in the ordinary course of business and (b) reversals of prior accruals or reserves for cash items previously excluded in computing depreciation, amortization or Consolidated Non-cash
Charges. 
 In addition to and without limitation of the foregoing, “Consolidated EBITDA” shall be
calculated after giving effect, on a pro forma basis for the period of such calculation, to the Burger King Acquisition, the Spin-Off, any Asset Sales or Asset Acquisitions, investments and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with
GAAP) and designations of any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary occurring during the Four-Quarter Period or any time subsequent to the last day of the Four-Quarter
Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date, as if the Burger King Acquisition, the Spin-Off, such Asset Sale (including any associated repayment of Debt) or Asset Acquisition (including the incurrence or assumption of any associated Acquired
Debt), investment, disposed operation or designation occurred on the first day of the Four-Quarter Period. For purposes of this definition, pro forma calculations shall be made in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X promulgated under
the Securities Act. 

  
 -5-

 “Consolidated EBITDAR” means, with respect to the Issuer and its Restricted
Subsidiaries for any period, the Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for such period plus Net Rent. 
 “Consolidated
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person, the ratio of the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for the four full fiscal quarters, treated as one period, for which financial information in respect
thereof is available immediately preceding the date of the transaction (the “Transaction Date”) giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (such four full fiscal quarter period being referred
to herein as the “Four-Quarter Period”) to the aggregate amount of Consolidated Fixed Charges of such Person for the Four-Quarter Period. In addition to and without limitation of the foregoing, for purposes of this definition,
“Consolidated Fixed Charges” shall be calculated after giving effect, on a pro forma basis for the period of such calculation, to the Burger King Acquisition, the Spin-Off, any Asset Sales or Asset Acquisitions, investments and
discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) and designations of any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary occurring during the Four-Quarter Period or
any time subsequent to the last day of the Four-Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date, as if the Burger King Acquisition, the Spin-Off, such Asset Sale (including any associated repayment of Debt) or Asset Acquisition (including the
incurrence or assumption of any associated Acquired Debt), investment, disposed operation or designation occurred on the first day of the Four-Quarter Period. For purposes of this definition, pro forma calculations shall be made in accordance with
Article 11 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act. 
 The Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be
calculated on a pro forma basis as if any such Debt being Incurred (including any other Debt being Incurred contemporaneously), and any other Debt Incurred since the beginning of the Four-Quarter Period, had been Incurred and the proceeds thereof
had been applied at the beginning of the Four-Quarter Period, and any other Debt repaid since the beginning of the Four-Quarter Period had been repaid at the beginning of the Four-Quarter Period; provided that for purposes of calculating the
Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, the aggregate outstanding amount under the Revolving Credit Agreement shall be based on the average daily outstanding principal balance under such facility during the applicable Four-Quarter Period;
provided, further, that to the extent that and so long as outstanding amounts under the Revolving Credit Facility are cash collateralized pursuant to the terms thereof, such amounts shall be treated as not outstanding and shall be
excluded from the calculation of Secured Debt and Consolidated EBITDAR for purposes of calculating the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. Furthermore, interest on Debt determined on a fluctuating basis, to the extent such interest is covered
by agreements relating to Hedging Obligations, shall be deemed to accrue at the rate per annum resulting after giving effect to the operation of these agreements. 
 If such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries directly or indirectly Guarantees Debt of a third Person, the above clause shall give effect to the incurrence of such Guaranteed Debt as if such
Person or such Subsidiary had directly incurred or otherwise assumed such Guaranteed Debt. 
 “Consolidated Fixed
Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication, the amounts for such period of: 
 (i) Consolidated Interest Expense; and 
 (ii) the product of
(a) all dividends and other distributions paid or accrued (other than dividends or other distributions paid or accruing in Qualified Capital Interests or Capital Interests in Fiesta Restaurant Group, Inc. distributed in connection with the
Spin-Off) during such period in respect of Redeemable Capital Interests of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined
federal, state, provincial and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal. 
 “Consolidated Income
Tax Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the provision for federal, state, local and foreign income taxes and state franchise taxes of such Person and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period as determined on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. 

  
 -6-

 “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any
period, without duplication, the sum of: 
 (i) the interest expense of such Person and the Restricted
Subsidiaries for such period as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, including, without limitation: 
 (a) any amortization of debt discount; 
 (b) the net cost under
non-speculative Hedging Obligations (including any amortization of discounts); 
 (c) the interest portion of
any deferred payment obligation; 
 (d) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect
to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptance financing or similar activities; and 
 (e) all accrued interest;
plus 
 (ii) the interest component of Capital Lease Obligations paid, accrued and/or scheduled to be paid
or accrued by such Person and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; plus 
 (iii) the interest expense on any Debt guaranteed by such Person and the Restricted Subsidiaries; plus 
 (iv) all capitalized interest of such Person and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period; 

provided, however, that Consolidated Interest Expense will exclude the amortization or write-off of debt issuance costs and deferred
financing fees, commissions, fees and expenses. 
 “Consolidated Lease Adjusted Secured Leverage Ratio” means,
with respect to any Person, the ratio of (1) the aggregate amount of Secured Debt of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the Transaction Date (determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP) plus 8.0x Net Rent
for the Four-Quarter Period to (2) Consolidated EBITDAR for the Four-Quarter Period. 
 In addition to and without
limitation of the foregoing, for purposes of this definition, “Secured Debt” and “Net Rent” shall be calculated after giving effect, on a pro forma basis for the period of such calculation, to the Burger King Acquisition, the
Spin-Off, any Asset Sales or Asset Acquisitions, investments and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) and designations of any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a
Restricted Subsidiary occurring during the Four-Quarter Period or any time subsequent to the last day of the Four-Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date, as if the Burger King Acquisition, the Spin-Off, such Asset Sale (including any
associated repayment of Debt) or Asset Acquisition (including the incurrence or assumption of any associated Acquired Debt), investment, disposed operation or designation occurred on the first day of the Four-Quarter Period. For purposes of this
definition, pro forma calculations shall be made in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act. 
 The Consolidated Lease Adjusted Secured Leverage Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as if any such Debt being Incurred (including any other Debt being Incurred contemporaneously), and any
other Debt Incurred since the beginning of the Four-Quarter Period, had been Incurred and the proceeds thereof had been applied at the beginning of the Four-Quarter Period, and any other Debt repaid since the beginning of the Four-Quarter Period had
been repaid at the beginning of the Four-Quarter Period; provided that for purposes of calculating the Consolidated Lease Adjusted Secured Leverage Ratio, the aggregate outstanding amount under the Revolving Credit Agreement shall be based on
the average daily outstanding principal balance under such facility during the applicable Four-Quarter Period; provided, further, that to the extent that and so long as outstanding amounts under the Revolving Credit Facility are cash
collateralized pursuant to the terms thereof, such amounts shall be treated as not outstanding and shall be excluded from the calculation of Secured Debt and Consolidated EBITDAR for purposes of calculating the Consolidated Lease Adjusted Secured
Leverage Ratio. Furthermore, interest on Debt determined on a fluctuating basis, to the extent such interest is covered by agreements relating to Hedging Obligations, shall be deemed to accrue at the rate per annum resulting after giving effect to
the operation of these agreements. 

  
 -7-

 “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, for any
period, the consolidated net income (or loss) of such Person and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period as determined in accordance with GAAP, adjusted, to the extent included in calculating such net income, by excluding, without duplication:

 (a) all extraordinary gains or losses (net of fees and expenses relating to the transaction giving rise
thereto), income, expenses or charges; 
 (b) the portion of net income of such Person and the Restricted
Subsidiaries allocable to minority interest in unconsolidated Persons or Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries to the extent that cash dividends or distributions have not or could not have been actually been received by such Person or one of the
Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (c) gains or losses in respect of any Asset Sales after the Issue Date by such Person
or one of the Restricted Subsidiaries (net of fees and expenses relating to the transaction giving rise thereto), on an after-tax basis; 
 (d) solely for purposes of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (c) of the first paragraph of Section 4.7, the net income of any Restricted Subsidiary (other
than a Guarantor) or such Person to the extent that the declaration of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that income is not at the time permitted, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or
any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulations applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders; 
 (e) any fees and expenses, including deferred finance costs, paid in connection with the issuance of the Notes, documentation and establishment of the Revolving Credit Agreement and consummation of the
Transactions and the Spin-Off; 
 (f) non-cash compensation expense incurred with any issuance of equity
interests to an employee of such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary; and 
 (g) any gain or loss realized as a
result of the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles. 
 “Consolidated Net Tangible Assets”
means, with respect to any Person, the aggregate amount of assets of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries (less applicable reserves and other properly deductible items) after deducting therefrom (a) all current liabilities (excluding any
indebtedness for money borrowed having a maturity of less than 12 months from the date of the most recent consolidated balance sheet of such Person but which by its terms is renewable or extendable beyond 12 months from such date at the option of
the borrower) and (b) all goodwill, trade names, patents, unamortized debt discount and expense and any other like intangibles, all as set forth on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of such Person and computed in accordance with GAAP.

 “Consolidated Non-cash Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate non-cash
charges and expenses of such Person and the Restricted Subsidiaries reducing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (excluding depreciation
and amortization and excluding any such charges constituting an extraordinary item or loss or any charge which requires an accrual of or a reserve for cash charges for any future period and including any non-cash charges relating to abandonment of
assets or reserves related thereto). 
 In addition to and without limitation of the foregoing, for purposes of this definition,
“Secured Debt” and “Consolidated EBITDAR” shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as if any such Secured Debt being Incurred (including any other Debt being Incurred contemporaneously), and any other Secured Debt Incurred since
the beginning 

  
 -8-

 
of the Four-Quarter Period, had been Incurred and the proceeds thereof had been applied at the beginning of the Four-Quarter Period, and any other Debt repaid since the beginning of the
Four-Quarter Period had been repaid at the beginning of the Four-Quarter Period. 
 If such Person or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries directly or indirectly Guarantees Debt of a third Person, the above clause shall give effect to the incurrence of such Guaranteed Debt as if such Person or such Subsidiary had directly incurred or otherwise assumed such Guaranteed Debt.

 “Corporate Trust Office” means the designated office of the Trustee at which at any time its corporate trust
business shall be administered, which office at the date hereof is located at The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., 525 William Penn Place, 38th Floor, Pittsburg, Pennsylvania 15259, Attention: Corporate Unit, or such other address as the
Trustee may designate from time to time by written notice to the Holders and the Issuer, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as such successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to
the Holders and the Issuer). 
 “Credit Facility” means one or more debt facilities, including the Revolving
Credit Agreement or other financing arrangements (including without limitation commercial paper facilities or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other indebtedness, including any notes, Guarantees,
collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case as, as amended, extended, renewed, restated, supplemented, replaced (whether or not upon termination and whether with the original lenders,
institutional investors or otherwise), refinanced (including through the issuance of debt securities), restructured or otherwise modified (in whole or in part, and without limitation as to amount, terms, conditions, covenants and other provisions)
from time to time, and any agreement (and related document) governing Debt incurred to refinance, in whole or in part, the borrowings and commitments then outstanding or permitted to be outstanding under such Credit Facility or a successor Credit
Facility, whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders (or institutional investors). 

“Debt” means at any time (without duplication), with respect to any Person, whether recourse is to all or a portion of
the assets of such Person, or non-recourse, the following, if and to the extent the following items (other than clauses (iii), (vi), (vii) and (viii) below) would appear as liabilities on a balance sheet of such Person prepared in
accordance with GAAP: (i) all indebtedness of such Person for money borrowed or for the deferred purchase price of property which is due and payable in accordance with the agreement governing such purchase and which is not paid on the date due
and payable (excluding any trade payables, trade accounts payable or other current liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business, accrued expenses and any obligations to pay a contingent purchase price as long as such obligation remains
contingent); (ii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, or other similar instruments; (iii) all obligations of such Person for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letters of credit (other than letters of
credit that are secured by cash or Eligible Cash Equivalents), bankers’ acceptances or similar facilities (other than obligations with respect to letters of credit, banker’s acceptances or similar facilities securing obligations (other
than obligations described under (i) and (ii) above) entered into in the ordinary course of business of such Person to the extent such letters of credit and banker’s acceptances or similar facilities are not drawn upon, or, if and to
the extent drawn upon, such drawing is reimbursed no later than the tenth Business Day following payment on the letter of credit, banker’s acceptance or similar facility; (iv) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale
or other title retention agreement with respect to property or assets acquired by such Person which is due and payable in accordance with the agreement governing such purchase and which is not paid on the date due and payable (excluding trade
accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business, deemed expenses and excluding any obligations to pay a contingent purchase price as long as such obligation remains contingent, subject to the penultimate paragraph of this definition);
(v) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person (but excluding obligations under operating leases); (vi) the maximum fixed redemption or repurchase price of Redeemable Capital Interests in such Person at the time of determination (but
excluding any accrued dividends); (vii) net Obligations under any Hedging Obligations of such Person at the time of determination; and (viii) all obligations of the types referred to in clauses (i) through (vii) of this
definition of another Person and all dividends and other distributions of another Person, the payment of which, in either case, (A) such Person has Guaranteed or (B) is secured by any Lien upon the property or other assets of such Person,
even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such Debt, dividends or other distributions. For purposes of the foregoing: (a) the maximum fixed repurchase price of any Redeemable Capital Interests that do not have
a fixed repurchase price shall 

  
 -9-

 
be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Redeemable Capital Interests as if such Redeemable Capital Interests were repurchased on any date on which Debt shall be required to be
determined pursuant to this Indenture; provided, however, that, if such Redeemable Capital Interests are not then permitted to be repurchased, the repurchase price shall be the book value of such Redeemable Capital Interests;
(b) the amount outstanding at any time of any Debt issued with original issue discount is the principal amount of such Debt less the remaining unamortized portion of the original issue discount of such Debt at such time as determined in
conformity with GAAP, but such Debt shall be deemed Incurred only as of the date of original issuance thereof; (c) the amount of any Debt described in clause (viii)(A) above shall be the maximum liability under any such Guarantee; (d) the
amount of any Debt described in clause (viii)(B) above shall be the lesser of (I) the maximum amount of the obligations so secured and (II) the Fair Market Value of such property or other assets; and (e) interest, fees, premium, and
expenses and additional payments, if any, will not constitute Debt. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with the
purchase by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of any business (including, without limitation, the Burger King Acquisition), the term “Debt” will exclude (x) customary indemnification obligations and (y) post-closing payment
adjustments to which the seller may become entitled to the extent such payment is determined by a final closing balance sheet or such payment is otherwise contingent; provided, however, that such amount would not be required to be
reflected as a liability on the face of a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. 
 The amount of Debt of any Person at
any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above; provided, however, that in the case of Debt sold at a discount, the amount of such Debt at any time will be the accreted value
thereof at such time. 
 “Default” means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time, or both, would
be, an Event of Default. 
 “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in
part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.3 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, until a successor shall have been appointed and become such pursuant to Section 2.6 hereof, and, thereafter,
“Depositary” shall mean or include such successor. 
 “Designation” has the meaning set forth in
Section 4.18. 
 “Designation Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.18. 

“Discharge of First Lien Obligations” means, subject to any reinstatement of First Lien Obligations in accordance with
the Intercreditor Agreement, (a) payment in full in cash of the principal of and interest (including interest accruing on or after the commencement of any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding at the rate provided for in the respective First
Lien Document, whether or not such interest would be allowed in any such Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding) and premiums, if any, of all First Lien Obligations under the First Lien Documents and termination of all commitments of the holders of
the First Lien Obligations to lend or otherwise extend credit under the First Lien Documents, (b) payment in full in cash of all other First Lien Obligations (including letter of credit reimbursement obligations) due or otherwise owing at or
prior to the time such principal, interest, and premiums are paid, (c) termination or cash collateralization (in an amount and manner, and on terms, reasonably satisfactory to the First Lien Agent) of all letters of credit issued or arranged
under the First Lien Credit Documents and (d) termination, repayment or cash collateralization of all Bank Products in an amount, and on terms, reasonably satisfactory to the First Lien Agent (other than with respect to any Bank Products that,
at such time, are allowed by the applicable Bank Lender or its Affiliates to remain outstanding without being required to be repaid or cash collateralized.) 
 “DTC” means The Depository Trust Company (55 Water Street, New York, New York). 
 “Eligible Bank” means a bank or trust company that (i) is organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, or any state, territory or possession thereof,
(ii) as of the time of the making or acquisition of an Investment in such bank or trust company, has combined capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million and (iii) the senior Debt of such bank or trust company is rated at least
“A-2” by Moody’s or at least “A” by Standard & Poor’s. 

  
 -10-

 “Eligible Cash Equivalents” means any of the following Investments:
(i) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof) maturing not
more than one year after the date of acquisition; (ii) time deposits in and certificates of deposit of any Eligible Bank; provided that such Investments have a maturity date not more than two years after date of acquisition and that the
Average Life of all such Investments is one year or less from the respective dates of acquisition; (iii) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 180 days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (i) above
entered into with any Eligible Bank; (iv) direct obligations issued by any state of the United States or any political subdivision or public instrumentality thereof; provided that such Investments mature, or are subject to tender at the
option of the holder thereof within 365 days after the date of acquisition and, at the time of acquisition, have a rating of at least A from Standard & Poor’s or A-2 from Moody’s (or an equivalent rating by any other nationally
recognized rating agency); (v) commercial paper of any Person other than an Affiliate of the Issuer; provided that such Investments have one of the two highest ratings obtainable from either Standard & Poor’s or
Moody’s at the time of their acquisition and mature within 180 days after the date of acquisition; (vi) overnight and demand deposits in and bankers’ acceptances of any Eligible Bank and demand deposits in any bank or trust company to
the extent insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation against the Bank Insurance Fund; (vii) money market funds substantially all of the assets of which comprise Investments of the types described in clauses (i) through
(vi) above; and (viii) instruments equivalent to those referred to in clauses (i) through (vi) above or funds equivalent to those referred to in clause (vii) above denominated in Euros or any other foreign currency
comparable in credit quality and tender to those referred to in such clauses and customarily used by corporations for cash management purposes in jurisdictions outside the United States to the extent reasonably required in connection with any
business conducted by any Restricted Subsidiary organized in such jurisdiction, all as determined in good faith by the Issuer. 

“Equity Offering” means (i) an underwritten public equity offering of Qualified Capital Interests pursuant to an
effective registration statement under the Securities Act of the Issuer, or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer but only to the extent contributed to the Issuer or any successor to the Issuer in the form of Qualified Capital
Interests, other than any public offerings registered on Form S-8, or (ii) a private equity offering of Qualified Capital Interests of the Issuer, or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer but only to the extent contributed to the
Issuer or any successor to the Issuer in the form of Qualified Capital Interests. 
 “Event of Loss” means,
with respect to any property or asset (tangible or intangible, real or personal) constituting Collateral, any of the following: 
 (i) any loss, destruction or damage of such property or asset; 

(ii) any institution of any proceeding for the condemnation or seizure of such property or asset or for the exercise of
any right of eminent domain; 
 (iii) any actual condemnation, seizure or taking by exercise of the power of
eminent domain or otherwise of such property or asset, or confiscation of such property or asset or the requisition of the use of such property or asset; 
 (iv) any settlement in lieu of clauses (ii) or (iii) above; or 
 (v) any loss as a result of a title event or claim against the title insurance company insuring such property. 
 “Excess First Lien Obligations” means the sum of (a) the portion of the principal amount of the loans outstanding under the First Lien Documents and the undrawn amount of outstanding
letters of credit that is in excess of the Maximum First Lien Principal Debt, plus (b) the portion of interest and fees that accrues or is charged with respect to that portion of the principal amount of the loans and letters of credit
described in clause (a) of this definition. 

  
 -11-

 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 “Exchange Offer” shall have the meaning as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement. 

“Excluded Collateral” shall have the meaning as defined in the Security Agreement. 

“Expiration Date” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Offer to Purchase.” 

“Fair Market Value” means, with respect to the consideration received or paid in any transaction or series of
transactions, the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, or, in the event of an exchange of assets with a Fair Market Value in excess of $2.5 million, determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer.

 “Fiesta Restaurant Group, Inc.” means Fiesta Restaurant Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation. 

“First Lien Agent” means the collateral agent under the Revolving Credit Agreement. 

“First Lien Credit Documents” means the Revolving Credit Agreement, each other Credit Facility (to the extent that such
Credit Facility provides for or evidences First Lien Obligations), the other Loan Documents (as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement or any such other Credit Facility), and each of the other agreements, documents and instruments providing for
or evidencing any other First Lien Obligation and any other document or instrument executed or delivered at any time in connection with any First Lien Obligation (including any intercreditor or joinder agreement among holders of First Lien
Obligations but excluding documents governing secured hedging and cash management obligations), to the extent such are effective at the relevant time, as each may be amended, modified, restated, supplemented, replaced or refinanced from time to
time. 
 “First Lien DIP Amount” means, after the commencement of an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding by
any Grantor, $10,000,000. 
 “First Lien Documents” means the First Lien Credit Documents and any and all other
documents governing the First Lien Obligations (including documents related to Bank Products). 
 “First Lien
Obligations” means (i) all Obligations, and all letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances issued or arranged (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum
potential liability of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries thereunder), under the Revolving Credit Agreement or under any other document relating to the Revolving Credit Agreement, (ii) all Obligations under (and as defined in) any other
Credit Facility and under any other document relating to such Credit Facility (to the extent that the Obligations under such Credit Facility are designated by the Issuer as “First Lien Obligations” for purposes of this Indenture),
(iii) all Bank Products and (iv) including, after an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, Obligations with respect to the First Lien DIP Amount; provided that Excess First Lien Obligations shall not constitute First Lien
Obligations for purposes of this Indenture or First Lien Priority Indebtedness for purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement. “First Lien Obligations” shall in any event include: (a) all interest accrued or accruing, or which would
accrue, absent commencement of an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding (and the effect of provisions such as Section 502(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code), on or after the commencement of an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding in accordance with
the rate specified in the relevant First Lien Document, whether or not the claim for such interest is allowed or allowable as a claim in such Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, (b) any and all fees and expenses (including attorneys’ or
financial consultants’ fees and expenses) incurred by the First Lien Agent and the holders of the First Lien Obligations on or after the commencement of an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, whether or not the claim for fees and expenses is
allowed or allowable under Section 502 or 506(b) of the Bankruptcy Code or any other provision of the Bankruptcy Code or any similar federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors as a claim in such Insolvency or Liquidation
Proceeding, and (c) all obligations and liabilities of the Issuer and each Guarantor under each First Lien Document to which it is a party which, but for the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, would become due and
payable. 

  
 -12-

 “Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer organized under the
laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia. 

“Four-Quarter Period” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio.” 
 “Franchise Agreements” means all of the franchise agreements to which the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries is a party as a franchisee, whether entered into on, prior to or following the Issue Date, as the same may be from time to time amended, modified, supplemented or restated. 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, consistently applied, as set forth in the
opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or in such other statements by such other entity
as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession of the United States, which are in effect as of the Issue Date. 
 “Global Note Legend” means the legend identified as such in Exhibit A hereto. 
 “Global Notes” means the Notes in global form that are in the form of Exhibit A hereto. 
 “Guarantee” means, as applied to any Debt of another Person, (i) a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the normal course of business),
direct or indirect, in any manner, of any part or all of such Debt, (ii) any direct or indirect obligation, contingent or otherwise, of a Person guaranteeing or having the effect of guaranteeing the Debt of any other Person in any manner and
(iii) an agreement of a Person, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, the practical effect of which is to assure in any way the payment or performance (or payment of damages in the event of non-performance) of all or any part of such
Debt of another Person (and “Guaranteed” and “Guaranteeing” shall have meanings that correspond to the foregoing). 
 “Guarantor” means any Person that executes a Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and their respective successors and assigns. 

“Hedging Obligation” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person pursuant to (1) any interest
rate swap agreement, interest rate collar agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement, (2) agreements or arrangements to manage fluctuations in currency exchange rates or (3) any forward contract, commodity swap agreement,
commodity option agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement. 
 “Holder” means a Person in whose name
a Note is registered in the security register. 
 “Incur” means, with respect to any Debt or other obligation
of any Person, to create, issue, incur (by conversion, exchange or otherwise), assume, Guarantee or otherwise become liable in respect of such Debt or other obligation or the recording, as required pursuant to GAAP or otherwise, of any such Debt or
other obligation on the balance sheet of such Person. Debt otherwise Incurred by a Person before it becomes a Subsidiary of the Issuer shall be deemed to be Incurred at the time at which such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Issuer.
“Incurrence,” “Incurred,” “Incurrable” and “Incurring” shall have meanings that correspond to the foregoing. A Guarantee by any of the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiaries of Debt
Incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, shall not be a separate Incurrence of Debt. In addition, the following shall not be deemed a separate Incurrence of Debt: 

(i) accrual of interest, amortization or accretion of debt discount or accretion of principal; 

(ii) the payment of regularly scheduled interest in the form of additional Debt of the same instrument or the payment of
regularly scheduled dividends on Capital Interests in the form of additional Capital Interests of the same class and with the same terms or the accretion or accumulation of dividends on any Capital Interests; 

  
 -13-

 (iii) the obligation to pay a premium in respect of Debt arising in
connection with the issuance of a notice of redemption or making of a mandatory offer to purchase such Debt; and 

(iv) unrealized losses or charges in respect of Hedging Obligations. 

“Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time. 

“Initial Notes” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 

“Initial Purchasers” means Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Jefferies & Company, Inc., Rabo Securities USA, Inc.
and Raymond James & Associates, Inc. 
 “Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding” means (a) any
voluntary or involuntary case or proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code with respect to the Issuer or any of the Guarantors, (b) any other voluntary or involuntary insolvency, reorganization or bankruptcy case or proceeding, or any receivership,
liquidation, reorganization or other similar case or proceeding with respect to the Issuer or any of the Guarantors or with respect to a material portion of its respective assets, (c) any liquidation, dissolution (other than as permitted by the
Revolving Credit Agreement and related documents and this Indenture and Security Documents), reorganization or winding up of the Issuer or any of the Guarantors, whether voluntary or involuntary and whether or not involving insolvency or bankruptcy,
or (d) any assignment for the benefit of creditors or any other marshalling of assets and liabilities of the Issuer or any of the Guarantors. 
 “Intercreditor Agreement” means the intercreditor agreement dated as of the Issue Date among the First Lien Agent and the Collateral Agent, as it may be amended from time to time in
accordance with this Indenture. 
 “Investment” by any Person means any direct or indirect loan, advance (or
other extension of credit) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property or assets to another Person or any other payments for property or services for the account or use of another Person) another Person, including,
without limitation, the following: (i) the purchase or acquisition of any Capital Interest or other evidence of beneficial ownership in another Person; and (ii) the purchase, acquisition or Guarantee of the obligations of another Person or
the issuance of a “keep-well” with respect thereto; but shall exclude: (a) accounts receivable and other extensions of trade credit on commercially reasonable terms in accordance with normal trade practices; (b) the acquisition
of property, assets and services from suppliers and other vendors in the normal course of business; and (c) prepaid expenses and workers’ compensation, utility, lease and similar deposits, in the normal course of business. Except as
otherwise specified in this definition, the amount of any Investment (other than an Investment made in cash) shall be the Fair Market Value thereof on the date such Investment is made. The amount of Investment pursuant to a Designation under
Section 4.18 shall be the Designation Amount determined in accordance with such covenant. If the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries sells or otherwise disposes of any Capital Interests of any direct or indirect Subsidiary such that, after giving
effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Subsidiary, the Issuer shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or other disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Capital Interests of any all
other Investments in such Subsidiary not sold or disposed of, which amount shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer. For the avoidance of doubt, any payments (i) pursuant to any Guarantee previously incurred in
compliance with this Indenture or (ii) pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement, in each case shall not be deemed to be Investments by any of the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiaries. 

“Issue Date” means May 30, 2012. 
 “Issuer” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and, thereafter, means the
successor. 
 “Issuer Order” means any written instruction by the Issuer and executed by an Officer of the
Issuer. 
 “Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in The City of New
York, the city in which the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee is located or at a place of payment are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment date in a place of payment is a Legal Holiday,
payment shall be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. 

  
 -14-

 “Lien” means, with respect to any property or other asset, any mortgage,
deed of trust, deed to secure debt, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, security interest, lien (statutory or otherwise), charge, easement, encumbrance or other security agreement on or with respect to such property or other
asset (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing). 
 “Maximum First Lien Principal Debt” means Debt, including letters of credit, under the First Lien Credit Documents (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to
the maximum potential liability of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries thereunder) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount of Debt permitted under clause (i) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” (as set forth
in this Indenture as in effect on the Issue Date) plus, after and Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, the First Lien DIP Amount. For the avoidance of doubt, for the purposes of this definition only, Bank Products shall not be considered Debt under
the First Lien Credit Documents. 
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or any successor
thereto. 
 “Net Cash Proceeds” means, with respect to Asset Sales of any Person, cash and Eligible Cash
Equivalents received, net of: (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of such Person incurred in connection with such a sale, including, without limitation, all legal, accounting, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and
other fees and expenses incurred and all federal, state, foreign and local taxes arising in connection with such an Asset Sale that are paid or required to be accrued as a liability under GAAP by such Person; (ii) amounts provided as a reserve,
in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale; (iii) all payments made by such Person on any Debt that is secured by such properties or other assets in accordance with the
terms of any Lien upon or with respect to such properties or other assets or that must, by the terms of such Lien or such Debt, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such transaction or by applicable law, be repaid to any other Person (other
than the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiaries) in connection with such Asset Sale (other than in the case of Collateral, any Lien which does not rank prior to the Liens in the Collateral granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Indenture and
the Security Documents); and (iv) all contractually required distributions and other payments made to minority interest holders in Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person as a result of such transaction; provided, however, that:
(a) in the event that any consideration for an Asset Sale (which would otherwise constitute Net Cash Proceeds) is required by (I) contract to be held in escrow pending determination of whether a purchase price adjustment will be made or
(II) GAAP to be reserved against other liabilities in connection with such Asset Sale, such consideration (or any portion thereof) shall become Net Cash Proceeds only at such time as it is released to such Person from escrow or otherwise; and
(b) any non-cash consideration received in connection with any transaction, which is subsequently converted to cash, shall become Net Cash Proceeds only at such time as it is so converted. 

“Net Rent” means, for the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries for any period, the aggregate rent expense (excluding
common area maintenance charges and taxes) for the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period other than (1) rent expense under vehicle, machinery, airplane and other equipment leases, (2) Capitalized Lease Obligations and
(3) synthetic lease obligations, minus rental income received from franchisees and third parties during such period including without limitation, pursuant to (i) leases of owned Real Property to franchisees and/or third parties,
(ii) subleases to such franchisees or third parties, as the case may be, and (iii) leases that have been assigned to such franchisees or third parties, as the case may be, in which the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, as applicable,
remains liable for the payment of rent under such lease to the extent that rent payments are actually made, all as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Non-Recourse Debt” means Debt: 
 (1) as to which
neither the Issuer nor any Restricted Subsidiary (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Debt), (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise, or
(c) constitutes the lender; and 

  
 -15-

 (2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders
thereof may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both, any holder of any other Debt (other than the Notes) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to declare a default on
such other Debt or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its stated maturity. 
 “Note
Custodian” means the Trustee when serving as custodian for the Depositary with respect to the Global Notes, or any successor entity thereto. 
 “Note Guarantee” means any guarantee of the Notes by any Guarantor pursuant to this Indenture. 
 “Notes” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Indenture. 
 “Obligations” means any principal, premium, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the
rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), penalties, fees, expenses, costs, indemnifications, reimbursements (including
reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, expenses, costs, indemnifications, reimbursements,
damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Debt. 
 “Offer” has the meaning
set forth in the definition of “Offer to Purchase.” 
 “Offer to Purchase” means a written offer (the
“Offer”) sent by the Issuer by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each Holder at his address appearing in the security register on the date of the Offer, offering to purchase up to the aggregate principal amount of Notes set
forth in such Offer at the purchase price set forth in such Offer (as determined pursuant to this Indenture). Unless otherwise required by applicable law, the Offer shall specify an expiration date (the “Expiration Date”) of the
Offer to Purchase which shall be, subject to any contrary requirements of applicable law, not less than 30 days or more than 60 days after the date of mailing of such Offer and a settlement date (the “Purchase Date”) for purchase of
Notes within five business days after the Expiration Date. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee at least 15 days (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee) prior to the mailing of the Offer of the Issuer’s obligation to make an
Offer to Purchase, and the Offer shall be mailed by the Issuer or, at the Issuer’s request and provision of such Offer information, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer. The Offer shall contain all instructions and
materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Offer to Purchase. The Offer shall also state: 
 (i) the section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Offer to Purchase is being made; 
 (ii) the Expiration Date and the Purchase Date; 
 (iii) the
aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes offered to be purchased pursuant to the Offer to Purchase (including, if less than 100%, the manner by which such amount has been determined pursuant to Section 4.10) (the “Purchase
Amount”); 
 (iv) the purchase price to be paid by the Issuer for each $1,000 principal amount of Notes
accepted for payment (as specified pursuant to this Indenture) (the “Purchase Price”); 
 (v)
that the Holder may tender all or any portion of the Notes registered in the name of such Holder and that any portion of a Note tendered must be tendered in a minimum amount of $2,000 principal amount; 

(vi) the place or places where Notes are to be surrendered for tender pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, if applicable;

  
 -16-

 (vii) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such purchase, any Note
accepted for purchase pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will cease to accrue interest on and after the Purchase Date, but that any Note not tendered or tendered but not purchased by the Issuer pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will continue to
accrue interest at the same rate; 
 (viii) that, on the Purchase Date, the Purchase Price will become due and
payable upon each Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Offer to Purchase; 
 (ix) that each Holder electing
to tender a Note pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will be required to surrender such Note or cause such Note to be surrendered at the place or places set forth in the Offer prior to the close of business on the Expiration Date (such Note being, if
the Issuer or the Trustee so require, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing);

 (x) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw all or any portion of Notes tendered if the Issuer (or its
paying agent) receives, not later than the close of business on the Expiration Date, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the aggregate principal amount of the Notes the Holder tendered, the certificate number of
the Note the Holder tendered and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing all or a portion of his tender; 

(xi) that (a) if Notes having an aggregate principal amount less than or equal to the Purchase Amount are duly
tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, the Issuer shall purchase all such Notes and (b) if Notes having an aggregate principal amount in excess of the Purchase Amount are tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer
to Purchase, the Issuer shall purchase Notes having an aggregate principal amount equal to the Purchase Amount on a pro rata basis (including with respect to Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations required to be purchased in connection
therewith, and with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000 principal amount or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof shall remain outstanding following such purchase); and 

(xii) if applicable, that, in the case of any Holder whose Note is purchased only in part, the Issuer shall execute, and,
the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Note without service charge, a new Note or Notes, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder in the aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the
unpurchased portion of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes so tendered. 
 “Offering Memorandum” means
the Offering Memorandum related to the issuance of the Initial Notes on the Issue Date, dated May 24, 2012. 

“Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the
Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary or any Vice-President of such Person. 

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by two Officers of the Issuer or a Guarantor, as applicable, one
of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable. 
 “Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion, reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, from legal counsel. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the
Issuer. 
 “Participant” means, with respect to DTC, a Person who has an account with DTC. 

“Paying Agent” means any Person authorized by the Issuer to pay the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, or
redemption, purchase, retirement, defeasance, covenant defeasance or similar payment with respect to, any Notes on behalf of the Issuer. 

  
 -17-

 “Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations” means obligations under any
Additional Notes or other Debt secured by liens pari passu with the Notes on the Collateral in compliance with clause (b)(ii) under the definition of “Permitted Liens”; provided that (i) the representative of such
Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations executes a joinder agreement to the Security Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement, in each case in the form attached thereto agreeing to be bound thereby and (ii) the Issuer has designated such
Debt as “Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations” under the Security Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement, if applicable. 
 “Permitted Business” means any business similar in nature to any business conducted by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date and any business reasonably ancillary,
incidental, complementary or related to the business conducted by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof, in each case, as determined in good faith by the Board of
Directors of the Issuer. 
 “Permitted Collateral Liens” means: 

(i) Liens securing the Notes outstanding on the Issue Date, Refinancing Debt with respect to such Notes, the Guarantees
relating thereto and any Obligations with respect to such Notes, Refinancing Debt and Guarantees; 
 (ii) Liens
securing First Lien Obligations and Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations permitted to be incurred pursuant to this Indenture and Refinancing Debt with respect to such First Lien Obligations and Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations;
provided that any such Liens on the Collateral granted by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to this clause (ii) are subject to the Intercreditor Agreement; 

(iii) Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens specified in clause (i) above) and any extension, renewal,
refinancing or replacement thereof so long as such extension, renewal, refinancing or replacement does not extend to any other property or asset and does not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof (except by the amount of any premium or
fee paid or payable or original issue discount in connection with such extension, renewal, replacement or refinancing plus fees and expenses); and 
 (iv) Liens described in clauses (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi), (vii), (ix), (x), (xi), (xii), (xiii), (xiv), (xv), (xvi), (xviii), (xix) and (xx) of the definition of “Permitted Liens.”

 “Permitted Debt” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.9(b). 

“Permitted Holders” means each of: (i) Jefferies Capital Partners IV L.P., Jefferies Employee Partners IV LLC and
JCP Partners IV LLC and their Affiliates, (ii) each Carrols Officer; any spouse or lineal descendant of a Carrols Officer; any trust or estate the sole beneficiary of or beneficiaries of which is a Carrols Officer, any spouse or lineal
descendants of a Carrols Officer; or any entity owned or controlled by any of the foregoing and (iii) any group (as defined in the rules promulgated under Section13(d) of the Exchange Act) which is controlled by any of the persons referred to
in the immediately preceding clauses (i) and (ii). 
 “Permitted Investments” means: 

(i) Investments in existence on the Issue Date; 

(ii) Investments required pursuant to any agreement or obligation of the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiaries, in effect on
the Issue Date, to make such Investments; 
 (iii) Eligible Cash Equivalents; 

(iv) Investments in property and other assets owned or used by the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiaries in the operation of a
Permitted Business; 

  
 -18-

 (v) Investments by the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiaries in the Issuer or
Restricted Subsidiaries and guarantees by the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiaries of Debt of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Debt otherwise permitted under Section 4.9 or of other obligations of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary
otherwise permitted hereunder; 
 (vi) Investments by the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person, if as a
result of such Investment (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated or wound up
into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (vii) Hedging Obligations entered into to manage interest rates,
commodity prices and currency exchange rates (and not for speculative purposes) and other Bank Products; 

(viii) Investments received in settlement of obligations owed to the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiaries, as a result of
bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, upon the foreclosure or enforcement of any Lien in favor of the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiaries, or in settlement of litigation, arbitration or other disputes; 

(ix) Investments by the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiaries not otherwise permitted under this definition, in an aggregate
amount not to exceed $10.0 million at any one time outstanding; 
 (x) (a) loans and advances (including for
travel and relocation) to employees in an amount not to exceed $2.5 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding, (b) loans or advances against, and repurchases of, Capital Interests and options of the Issuer and the Restricted
Subsidiaries held by management and employees in connection with any stock option, deferred compensation or similar benefit plans approved by the Board of Directors (or similar governing body) and otherwise issued in accordance with the terms of
this Indenture and (c) loans or advances to management and employees to pay taxes in respect of Capital Interests issued under stock option, deferred compensation or similar benefit plans in an amount not to exceed $2.5 million in the aggregate
at any one time outstanding; and 
 (xi) any Investment in any Person to the extent such Investment represents
the non-cash portion of the consideration received in connection with an Asset Sale consummated in compliance with Section 4.10 or any other disposition of Property not constituting an Asset Sale. 

“Permitted Liens” means: 
 (i) Liens existing on the Issue Date; 
 (ii) Liens that secure
Obligations: 
 (a) in respect of any First Lien Obligations not to exceed the amount permitted to be incurred
pursuant to clause (i) of the definition of “Permitted Debt”; provided that in the event the Issuer obtains any revolving credit commitments under any Credit Facility, all Liens securing such commitments shall, for
purposes of this clause (ii)(a), be deemed to be incurred pursuant to this clause (ii)(a) at the time of obtaining such commitments regardless of when any borrowings, repayments or reborrowings under such commitments are made; provided,
further, that Liens on the Collateral under this clause (ii)(a) are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement; 
 (b) in respect of any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations in an amount such that at the time of incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Consolidated Lease Adjusted Secured
Leverage Ratio would be no greater than 5.50 to 1.00; provided, further, that Liens under this clause (ii)(b) are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement; and 

(c) incurred pursuant to clause (vii) or clause (viii) of the definition of “Permitted Debt”;

  
 -19-

 (iii) any Lien for taxes or assessments or other governmental charges or
levies not yet delinquent more than 30 days (or which, if so due and payable, are being contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves are being maintained, to the extent required by GAAP); 

(iv) any carrier’s, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, mechanic’s, landlord’s or other similar Liens
arising by law for sums not then due and payable more than 30 days after giving effect to any applicable grace period (or which, if so due and payable, are being contested in good faith and with respect to which adequate reserves are being
maintained, to the extent required by GAAP); 
 (v) minor survey exceptions, minor imperfections of title, minor
encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens
incidental, to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Debt and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially
impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person; 
 (vi) pledges or deposits (a) in
connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security, or to secure other types of statutory obligations or the requirements of any official body, or (b) to secure the performance of tenders,
bids, surety or performance bonds, appeal bonds, leases, purchase, construction, sales or servicing contracts and other similar obligations Incurred in the normal course of business consistent with industry practice; or (c) to obtain or secure
obligations with respect to letters of credit, banker’s acceptances, Guarantees, bonds or other sureties or assurances given in connection with the activities described in clauses (a) and (b) above, in each case not Incurred or made
in connection with the borrowing of money, the obtaining of advances or credit or the payment of the deferred purchase price of property or services or imposed by ERISA or the Code in connection with a “plan” (as defined in ERISA) or
(d) arising in connection with any attachment unless such Liens are in excess of $5.0 million in the aggregate and shall not be satisfied or discharged or stayed pending appeal within 60 days after the entry thereof or the expiration of any
such stay; 
 (vii) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or
consolidated with the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiaries or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or on property acquired by the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiaries (and in each case not created or Incurred in anticipation of such transaction), including
Liens securing Acquired Debt permitted under this Indenture; provided that such Liens are not extended to the property and assets of the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiaries other than the property or assets acquired 

(viii) Liens securing Debt of a Guarantor owed to and held by the Issuer or Guarantors; 

(ix) other Liens (not securing Debt) incidental to the conduct of the business of the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiaries,
as the case may be, or the ownership of their assets which do not individually or in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of such assets or materially impair the operation of the business of the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiaries;

 (x) Liens to secure any permitted extension, renewal, refinancing or refunding (or successive extensions,
renewals, refinancings or refundings), in whole or in part, of any Debt secured by Liens referred to in the foregoing clauses (i) and (vii); provided that such Liens do not extend to any other property or assets and the principal amount
of the obligations secured by such Liens is not greater than the sum of the outstanding principal amount of the refinanced Debt plus any fees and expenses, including premiums or original issue discount related to such extension, renewal, refinancing
or refunding; 
 (xi) Liens in favor of customs or revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure
payment of custom duties in connection with the importation of goods incurred in the ordinary course of business; 

  
 -20-

 (xii) Liens to secure Capital Lease Obligations or Purchase Money Debt
permitted to be Incurred pursuant to clause (viii) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” covering only the assets financed by or acquired with such Debt; 

(xiii) Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s
obligation in respect of banker’s acceptances issued or created in the ordinary course of business for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment, or storage of such inventory or other goods; 

(xiv) Liens securing Debt Incurred to finance the construction, purchase or lease of, or repairs, improvements or
additions to, property, plant or equipment of such Person; provided, however, that the Lien may not extend to other property owned by such Person or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries at the time the Lien is Incurred (other than assets
and property affixed or appurtenant thereto and any proceeds thereof), and the Debt (other than any interest thereon) secured by the Lien may not be Incurred more than 180 days after the later of the acquisition, completion of construction, repair,
improvement, addition or commencement of full operation of the property subject to the Lien; 
 (xv) Liens on
property or shares of Capital Interests of another Person at the time such other Person becomes a Subsidiary of such Person; provided, however, that (a) the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by such Person or any of
the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than assets and property affixed or appurtenant thereto and proceeds thereof) and (b) such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a
Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (xvi) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of
Default under clause (7) under Section 6.1 of this Indenture so long as any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such
proceedings may be initiated has not expired; 
 (xvii) Liens on the Collateral granted under the Security
Documents in favor of the Collateral Agent to secure the Notes and the Guarantees and the other Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations; 
 (xviii) Liens securing Hedging Obligations that are otherwise permitted under this Indenture; provided that such Liens are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement; 

(xix) leases, subleases (including, without limitation, leases of Pollo Tropical restaurants by the Issuer and subleased
to Pollo Operations, Inc.), licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business or pursuant to a disposition otherwise permitted hereunder which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the
Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Debt; 
 (xx) Liens securing Debt or other
obligations, as measured by principal amount, which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Debt secured by Liens (excluding Liens permitted by clauses (i) though (xix) above) at the time of determination, does not
exceed $10.0 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding; and 
 (xxi) any extensions, substitutions,
replacements or renewals of the foregoing. 
 “Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability
company, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof. 
 “Preopening Costs” means “start-up costs” (such term used herein as defined in SOP 98-5 published by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants) related to the
acquisition, opening and organizing of new restaurants, including, without limitation, the cost of feasibility studies, staff training and recruiting and travel costs for employees engaged in such start-up activities. 

  
 -21-

 “Property” means, with respect to any Person, any interest of such Person
in any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, or tangible or intangible, including, without limitation, Capital Interests in any other Person. 
 “Purchase Amount” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Offer to Purchase.” 
 “Purchase Date” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Offer to Purchase.” 
 “Purchase Money Debt” means Debt (i) Incurred to finance the purchase, lease or construction (including additions, repairs and improvements thereto) of any assets (other than Capital
Interests) of such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary; and (ii) that is secured by a Lien on such assets where the lender’s sole security is to the assets so purchased or constructed (and assets or property affixed or appurtenant thereto
and any proceeds thereof); and in either case that does not exceed 100% of the cost and to the extent the purchase or construction prices for such assets are or should be included in “addition to property, plant or equipment” in accordance
with GAAP. 
 “Purchase Price” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Offer to Purchase.”

 “Qualified Capital Interests” in any Person means a class of Capital Interests other than Redeemable Capital
Interests. 
 “Qualified Equity Offering” means an underwritten primary public equity offering of Qualified
Capital Interests of Issuer (or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer or any successor thereto but only to the extent contributed to the Issuer in the form of Qualified Capital Interests) pursuant to an effective registration statement
under the Securities Act, other than a registered offering on Form S-8. 
 “Real Property” means, collectively,
all right, title and interests (including any leasehold, mineral or other estate) in and to any and all parcels of or interests in real property owned, leased or operated by any Person, whether by lease, license or other means, together with, in
each case, all easements, hereditaments and appurtenances relating thereto, all buildings, structures, parking areas and improvements and appurtenant fixtures and equipment, all general intangibles and contract rights and other property and rights
incidental to the ownership, lease or operation thereof. 
 “Redeemable Capital Interests” in any Person means
any equity security of such Person that by its terms (or by terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or otherwise (including the passage of time or the happening of an event), is required to be redeemed,
is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof in whole or in part (including by operation of a sinking fund), or is convertible or exchangeable for Debt of such Person at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, at any time prior
to the Stated Maturity of the Notes; provided that only the portion of such equity security which is required to be redeemed, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof before such date will be
deemed to be Redeemable Capital Interests. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any equity security that would constitute Redeemable Capital Interests solely because the holders of the equity security have the right to require any of the Issuer
or Restricted Subsidiaries to repurchase such equity security upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, Qualified Equity Offering or an Asset Sale will not constitute Redeemable Capital Interests if the terms of such equity security provide that
the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiary may not repurchase or redeem any such equity security pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.7. The amount of Redeemable Capital Interests deemed to be
outstanding at any time for purposes of this Indenture will be the maximum amount that the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon the maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such
Redeemable Capital Interests or portion thereof, exclusive of accrued dividends. 
 “Redemption Price” when
used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture. 

  
 -22-

 “Refinancing Debt” means Debt that refunds, refinances, defeases, renews,
replaces or extends any Debt permitted to be Incurred by the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of this Indenture (including the Notes), whether involving the same or any other lender or creditor or group of lenders or
creditors, but only to the extent that: 
 (i) the Refinancing Debt is subordinated to the Notes to at least the
same extent as the Debt being refunded, refinanced, defeased, renewed, replaced or extended, if such Debt was subordinated to the Notes, 
 (ii) the Refinancing Debt has a Stated Maturity either (a) no earlier than the Debt being refunded, refinanced or extended or (b) at least 91 days after the maturity date of the Notes,

 (iii) the Refinancing Debt has a weighted average life to maturity at the time such Refinancing Debt is
Incurred that is equal to or greater than the weighted average life to maturity of the Debt being refunded, refinanced, defeased, renewed, replaced or extended, 
 (iv) such Refinancing Debt is in an aggregate principal amount that is less than or equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate principal or accreted amount (in the case of any Debt issued with original
issue discount, as such) then outstanding under the Debt being refunded, refinanced, defeased, renewed, replaced or extended, (b) the amount of accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and premiums owed, if any, not in excess of pre-existing
optional prepayment provisions on such Debt being refunded, refinanced, defeased, renewed, replaced or extended and (c) the amount of reasonable and customary fees, expenses and costs related to the Incurrence of such Refinancing Debt, and

 (v) such Refinancing Debt shall not include (x) Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor
that refinances Debt of the Issuer or a Guarantor or (y) Debt of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Debt of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 “Registration Rights Agreement” means that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated the Issue Date, by and among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers. 

“Regulation S” means Regulation S under the Securities Act. 

“Regulation S Global Note” means a permanent Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global
Note Legend and the Restricted Notes Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depository or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note
upon expiration of the Restricted Period. 
 “Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the
Trustee, any officer of the Trustee within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, senior associate, trust officer or any other officer of the
Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity
with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture. 

“Restricted Notes Legend” means the legend identified as such in Exhibit A hereto. 

“Restricted Payment” is defined to mean any of the following: 

(i) any dividend or other distribution declared and paid on the Capital Interests in the Issuer or on the Capital
Interests in any Restricted Subsidiary that are held by, or declared and paid to, any Person other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that the following shall not be “Restricted Payments”: 

(a) dividends, distributions or payments, in each case, made solely in Qualified Capital Interests in the Issuer; and

  
 -23-

 (b) dividends or distributions payable to the Issuer or a Restricted
Subsidiary or to other holders of Capital Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary on a pro rata basis; 
 (ii) any
payment made by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to purchase, redeem, acquire or retire any Capital Interests in the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, including any issuance of Debt, in exchange for such Capital Interests
or the conversion or exchange of such Capital Interests into or for Debt other than any such Capital Interests owned by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (iii) any payment made by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a payment made solely in Qualified Capital Interests in the Issuer) to redeem, repurchase, defease (including an in
substance or legal defeasance) or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including pursuant to mandatory repurchase covenants), (a) prior to any scheduled maturity, scheduled sinking fund or mandatory redemption payment, Debt of the Issuer or
any Guarantor that is subordinate (whether pursuant to its terms or by operation of law) in right of payment to the Notes or Note Guarantees (excluding any Debt owed to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary); except (x) payments of principal
in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, scheduled maturity or mandatory redemption date, in each case, within one year of the due date thereof and (y) any payments in respect of Debt to the extent the issuance of such Debt was
a Restricted Payment and (ii) any Debt which would have constituted a Restricted Payment under clause (b) above; 
 (iv) any Investment by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in any Person, other than a Permitted Investment; and 
 (v) any designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

“Restricted Period” means the 40-day “distribution compliance period” as defined in Regulation S.

 “Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer that has not been designated as an
“Unrestricted Subsidiary” in accordance with this Indenture. 
 “Revolving Credit Agreement” means
that certain revolving credit agreement, dated the Issue Date, by and among Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent, collateral agent, syndicating agent and a lender, the revolving credit lenders named therein, Carrols
Restaurant Group, Inc., as the borrower, the domestic subsidiaries of the borrower from time to time party thereto as guarantors, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as sole lead arranger, together with all related notes, letters of credit, collateral
documents, guarantees, and any other related agreements and instruments executed and delivered in connection therewith, in each case as amended, modified, supplemented, restated, refinanced, refunded or replaced in whole or in part from time to time
including by or pursuant to any agreement or instrument that extends the maturity of any Debt thereunder, or increases the amount of available borrowings thereunder (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under clause
(i) of the definition of the term “Permitted Debt”), or adds Subsidiaries of the Issuer as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, in each case with respect to such agreement or any successor or replacement agreement and
whether by the same or any other agent, lender, group of lenders, purchasers or debt holders. 
 “Secured Debt”
means any Debt of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien. 
 “Securities Act” means
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 
 “Security Agreement” means the security agreement to be dated as of
the Issue Date between the Collateral Agent, the Issuer and the Guarantors, granting, among other things, a Lien on the Collateral subject to Permitted Collateral Liens and Permitted Liens, in each case in favor of the Collateral Agent for its
benefit and for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and the holders of any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations as amended, modified, restated, supplemented or replaced from time to time in accordance with its terms.

  
 -24-

 “Security Documents” means the Security Agreement, the mortgages with
respect to the Real Property, the Intercreditor Agreement and all of the security agreements, pledges, collateral assignments, mortgages, deeds of trust, trust deeds or other instruments evidencing or creating or purporting to create any security
interests in favor of the Collateral Agent for its benefit and for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and the holders of any other Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, in all or any portion of the Collateral, as amended,
modified, restated, supplemented or replaced from time to time. 
 “Significant Subsidiary” has the meaning set
forth in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act and Exchange Act, but shall not include any Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 “Spin-Off” means the spin-off of the Capital Interests of Fiesta Restaurant Group, Inc. the former wholly-owned subsidiary of the Issuer, to the shareholders of the Issuer on May 7,
2012 as generally described in Fiesta Restaurant Group, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form 10, as amended, File No. 001-35373, filed with the Commission. 
 “Standard & Poor’s” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and its successors. 

“Stated Maturity,” when used with respect to (i) any Note or any installment of interest thereon, means the date
specified in such Note as the fixed date on which the principal amount of such Note or such installment of interest is due and payable and (ii) any other Debt or any installment of interest thereon, means the date specified in the instrument
governing such Debt as the fixed date on which the principal of such Debt or such installment of interest is due and payable, including any date upon which a repurchase at the option of the holders of such Debt is required to be consummated.

 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited or general partnership, trust,
association or other business entity of which an aggregate of at least a majority of the outstanding Voting Interests therein is, at the time, directly or indirectly, owned by such Person and/or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person. 

“Surviving Entity” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1. 

“TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb), as amended, as in effect on
the date hereof. 
 “Transaction Date” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Consolidated Fixed
Charge Coverage Ratio.” 
 “Transactions” means the issuance of the Notes on the Issue Date, the entry
into the Revolving Credit Agreement on the Issue Date, the Spin-Off (including the fees and expenses related thereto), the Burger King Acquisition (including the fees and expenses related thereto), the repayment of the existing Debt as described
under “Use of Proceeds” in the Offering Memorandum, the payment of fees and expenses as described under “Use of Proceeds” in the Offering Memorandum and the transactions related thereto. 

“Transfer Restricted Global Notes” means a Global Note that is a Transfer Restricted Note. 

“Transfer Restricted Notes” means Notes that bear or are required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend. 

“Treasury Rate” means, as obtained by the Issuer, with respect to the Notes, as of the applicable redemption date, the
yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least
two Business Days prior to such redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to May 15, 2015;
provided, however, that if the period from such redemption date to May 15, 2015 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will
be used. 

  
 -25-

 “Trustee” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Indenture until
a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and, thereafter, means the successor. 

“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York or, as the context
requires in determining whether or not an asset is Excluded Collateral, the law governing the interpretation of any such agreement; provided, however, that, at any time, if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the
perfection or priority of the Collateral Agent’s security interest in any item or portion of the Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other that the State of New York, the term “UCC”
shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect, at such time, in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions. 

“Unrestricted Notes” means one or more Notes that do not and are not required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend,
including the Exchange Notes and any Notes registered under the Securities Act pursuant to and in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means: 
 (1) any
Subsidiary designated as such by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in compliance with Section 4.18; and 

(2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

“Voting Interests” means, with respect to any Person, securities of any class or classes of Capital Interests in such
Person entitling the holders thereof generally to vote on the election of members of the Board of Directors or comparable body of such Person. 
 SECTION 1.2 Other Definitions. 
  

			
	 Term
	  	 Defined in Section

		
	 “Act”
	  	12.13
	 “Additional Assets”
	  	4.10(a)(4)(iii)
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	4.11
	 “Agent Members”
	  	2.6(a)
	 “Authentication Order”
	  	2.2
	 “Carrols Plan”
	  	4.7(c)
	 “covenant defeasance”
	  	8.3
	 “Custodian”
	  	6.1(9)
	 “defeasance”
	  	8.3
	 “Discharge”
	  	8.8
	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.1
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	4.10(a)
	 “Independent Financial Advisor”
	  	4.11(iii)
	 “legal defeasance”
	  	8.2
	 “Note Register”
	  	2.3
	 “Offer Amount”
	  	3.9
	 “QIBs”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “QIB Global Note”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “redemption date”
	  	3.1
	 “Registrar”
	  	2.3
	 “Rule 144A”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Surviving Entity”
	  	5.1(i)

  
 -26-

 SECTION 1.3 Rules of Construction. 

Unless the context otherwise requires: 
 (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it herein; 
 (2) an accounting term not
otherwise defined herein has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 
 (3) “or” is not exclusive;

 (4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; 

(5) unless otherwise specified, any reference to Section or Article refers to such Section or Article of this Indenture; 

(6) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; 
 (7) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or the TIA shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the Commission
from time to time; and 
 (8) “including” means “including without limitation”. 

ARTICLE II 
 THE
NOTES 
 SECTION 2.1 Form and Dating. 
 The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and
other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes initially shall
be issued only in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. 
 The terms and provisions
contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to
be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 

(a) The Notes shall be issued initially in the form of one or more Global Notes substantially in the form attached as
Exhibit A hereto and shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee as custodian for the Depositary, and registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee of the Depositary, duly
executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. 
 Each Global Note shall
represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and each shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate amount of outstanding Notes
represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges, redemptions and transfers of interests. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the amount of
outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Note Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with written instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.16 hereof. 

  
 -27-

 Except as set forth in Section 2.6 hereof, the Global Notes may be
transferred, in whole and not in part, only to another nominee of the Depositary or to a successor of the Depositary or its nominee. 
 (b) The Initial Notes are being issued by the Issuer only (i) to “qualified institutional buyers” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”))
(“QIBs”) and (ii) in reliance on Regulation S. After such initial offers, Initial Notes that are Transfer Restricted Notes may be transferred to QIBs, in reliance on Rule 144A, outside the United States pursuant to Regulation S
or to the Issuer, in accordance with certain transfer restrictions. Initial Notes that are offered in reliance on Rule 144A shall be issued in the form of one or more permanent Global Notes substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A
(the “QIB Global Note”) deposited with the Trustee, as Note Custodian, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. Initial Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be
issued initially in the form of the Regulation S Global Note, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee, as Note Custodian for the Depositary, and registered in the name of the
Depositary, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. Early termination of the Restricted Period may be effectuated upon receipt by the Trustee of (i) a written certificate from the Depositary
certifying that they have received certification of non-United States beneficial ownership of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note (except to the extent of any beneficial owners thereof who acquired an interest
therein during the Restricted Period pursuant to another exemption from registration under the Securities Act and who shall take delivery of a beneficial ownership interest in a QIB Global Note bearing a Restricted Notes Legend, all as contemplated
by Section 2.6(e) hereof); and (ii) an Officers’ Certificate from the Issuer. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of
the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided. The QIB Global Note and the Regulation S Global Note shall each be issued with separate CUSIP numbers. Transfers of
Notes between QIBs and to or by purchasers pursuant to Regulation S shall be represented by appropriate increases and decreases to the respective amounts of the appropriate Global Note, as more fully provided in Section 2.16. 

(c) Section 2.1(b) shall apply only to Global Notes deposited with or on behalf of the Depositary or its nominee.

 The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any Holder, any member of (or a Participant in) DTC
or any other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of DTC (or its nominee) or of any Participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery of any notice (including any notice
of redemption) or the payment of any amount or delivery of any Notes (or other security or property) under or with respect to the Notes. The Trustee may rely (and shall be fully protected in relying) upon information furnished by DTC with respect to
its members, Participants and any Beneficial Owners in the Notes. 
 (d) Notes issued in certificated form,
including Global Notes, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto. 
 SECTION 2.2
Execution and Authentication. 
 An Officer shall sign the Notes for the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature.

 If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall
nevertheless be valid. 
 A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of an authorized signatory of
the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 

  
 -28-

 All Notes shall be dated the date of their authentication. The Trustee shall, upon receipt
of a written Issuer Order signed by one Officer directing the Trustee to authenticate and deliver the Notes and certifying that all conditions precedent to the issuance of the Notes contained herein have been complied with ( an
“Authentication Order”) and an Opinion of Counsel, authenticate Notes for original issue up to the aggregate principal amount stated in paragraph 4 of the reverse of the Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at
any time may not exceed such amount except as provided in Section 2.17 hereof. 
 The Trustee may appoint an authenticating
agent reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate Notes. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by
the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer. 
 SECTION 2.3 Registrar; Paying Agent. 
 The Issuer shall maintain (i) an
office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and (ii) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment to a Paying Agent. The Registrar shall keep a
register of the Notes (the “Note Register”) and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents; provided, however, that at all times there
shall be only one Note Register. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder.
The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. The Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 

The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and initially appoints the Corporate Trust Office of
the Trustee as the office or agency of the Issuer for such purposes and as the office or agency of the Issuer where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served and the Trustee as the agent of
the Issuer to receive such notices and demands. 
 The Issuer initially appoints DTC to act as the Depositary with respect to
the Global Notes. 
 SECTION 2.4 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. 

The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the
benefit of the Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any Default by the Issuer in making any such payment. While any such
Default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent
(if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money. If the Issuer or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as
Paying Agent. Upon the occurrence of events specified in Section 6.1(8) hereof, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. 
 SECTION 2.5 Holder Lists. 
 The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form
as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at least
seven (7) Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders,
including the aggregate principal amount of the Notes held by each Holder thereof, and the Trustee thereafter shall preserve such list in as current a form as is reasonably practicable. 

  
 -29-

 SECTION 2.6 Book-Entry Provisions for Global Securities. 

(a) Each Transfer Restricted Global Note shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depositary for such Global Notes or the nominee
of such Depositary, (ii) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such Depositary and (iii) bear legends as required by Section 2.6(e). 
 Members of, or Participants in, the Depositary (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary, or the
Trustee as its custodian, or under the Global Note, and the Depositary may be treated by the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee, from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary
and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Note. 
 (b)
Transfers of a Global Note shall be limited to transfers of such Global Note in whole, but not in part, to the Depositary, its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of Beneficial Owners in a Global Note may be transferred in accordance
with Section 2.16 and the rules and procedures of the Depositary. In addition, Certificated Notes shall be transferred to all Beneficial Owners in exchange for their beneficial interests if (i) the Depositary notifies the Issuer that it is
unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for the Global Notes or the Depositary ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act and a successor depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within ninety (90) days
of such notice or (ii) an Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual notice has occurred and is continuing and the Registrar has received a request from the Depositary to issue such Certificated Notes. 

(c) In connection with the transfer of the entire Global Note to Beneficial Owners pursuant to clause (b) of this Section, such
Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall upon receipt of an Authentication Order authenticate and deliver, to each Beneficial Owner identified by the
Depositary in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Note an equal aggregate principal amount of Certificated Notes of authorized denominations. 
 (d) The Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any person, including Agent Members and persons that may hold an interest through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder
is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes. 
 (e) Legends. The following legends shall appear on the face of
all Global Notes and Certificated Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture: 
 (1) Restricted Notes Legend. Unless and until either (x) a Note is exchanged for an Exchange Note or sold in connection with an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and
pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement or (y) the Issuer determines that the following legend and the related restrictions on transfer are not required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act and there
is delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and a letter of representation of the Issuer reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee to that effect, each Global Note and each Certificated Note (and all Notes
issued in exchange therefor or substitution therefor) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form: 
 “THIS
SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT
AS SET FORTH BELOW. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING
THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT WITHIN ONE YEAR AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF 

  
 -30-

 
THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY) RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY EXCEPT (A) TO CARROLS RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) INSIDE THE
UNITED STATES TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE),
(D) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR (F) PURSUANT TO AN
EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY
WITHIN ONE YEAR AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY) PURSUANT TO (C), (D) OR (E), THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISH TO THE TRUSTEE AND THE COMPANY SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS
OR OTHER INFORMATION AS EITHER OF THEM MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. AS USED HEREIN, THE
TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANING GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.” 
 (2) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form: 
 “THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF A DEPOSITARY OR A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. THIS NOTE
IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR NOTES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE AS A WHOLE BY
THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE. 

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION
(“DTC”), TO CARROLS RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL
INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
 TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE
LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF CEDE & CO. OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS 

  
 -31-

 
OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 2.16 OF THE INDENTURE.” 

(f) At such time as all beneficial interests in Global Notes have been exchanged for Certificated Notes, redeemed, repurchased or
cancelled, all Global Notes shall be returned to or retained and cancelled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Certificated
Notes, redeemed, repurchased or cancelled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Note Custodian, at the direction of the
Trustee, to reflect such reduction. 
 (g) General provisions relating to transfers and exchanges: 

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee, upon receipt of an
Authentication Order, shall authenticate Global Notes and Certificated Notes at the Registrar’s request. 

(ii) No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration of transfer, exchange, or redemption, but the Issuer
may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any stamp or transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such stamp or transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer
pursuant to Sections 2.2, 2.10, 3.6, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.4 hereto). 
 (iii) All Global Notes and Certificated Notes
issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Certificated Notes shall, upon execution by the Issuer and authentication by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, be the valid obligations of the Issuer,
evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Certificated Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 

(iv) The Registrar shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange Notes during a
period beginning at the opening of fifteen (15) days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.2 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to
exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part, or (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding interest
payment date. 
 (v) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any
Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and neither the
Trustee, any Agent nor the Issuer shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
 (vi) The Trustee shall
authenticate Global Notes and Certificated Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.2 hereof. Except as provided in Section 2.6(b), neither the Trustee nor the Registrar shall authenticate or deliver any Certificated Note in
exchange for a Global Note. 
 (vii) Each Holder agrees to provide indemnity to the Issuer and the Trustee
satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee against any liability that may result from the transfer, exchange or assignment of such Holder’s Note in violation of any provision of this Indenture and/or applicable United States federal or state
securities law. 
 (viii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to
compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Agent Members or Beneficial Owners of interests in
any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and 

  
 -32-

 
other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial
compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. 
 (ix) Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall have
any responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by the Depository. 
 SECTION 2.7 Replacement Notes. 

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, or the Issuer and the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the
destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements set forth in Section 2.2 are met. If required by the Trustee or
the Issuer, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a
Note is replaced. The Issuer and the Trustee may charge a Holder for their expenses in replacing a Note. 
 Every replacement
Note is an additional obligation of the Issuer and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 

SECTION 2.8 Outstanding Notes. 
 The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note
effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.8 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.9 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an
Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Note. 
 If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.7 hereof, it ceases to be
outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser. 
 If
the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.1 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue. 
 If the Paying Agent (other than the Issuer, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after
that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest. 
 SECTION 2.9 Treasury
Notes. 
 In determining whether the Holders of the required aggregate principal amount of Notes have concurred in any
direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer or by any Affiliate of the Issuer shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such
direction, waiver or consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Notes that are to be acquired by the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer pursuant to an exchange offer, tender offer or other agreement shall not be deemed to be owned by such entity
until legal title to such Notes passes to such entity. 
 SECTION 2.10 Temporary Notes. 

Until Certificated Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order,
authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Certificated Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the
Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, authenticate Certificated Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. 

  
 -33-

 Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.

 SECTION 2.11 Cancellation. 
 The Issuer at any time may deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered hereunder or which the Issuer may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Notes
so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the Trustee upon receipt of an Issuer Order. All Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange or payment, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, shall be delivered to the Trustee.
The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation. Subject to Section 2.7 hereof, the Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that they have
redeemed or paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. All cancelled Notes held by the Trustee shall be disposed of in accordance with its customary practice, and, at the written request of the Issuer, certification of their
disposal delivered to the Issuer, unless by Issuer Order, the Issuer shall direct that cancelled Notes be returned to it. 

SECTION 2.12 Defaulted Interest. 
 If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the
Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, which date shall be at the earliest practicable date but in all events at least five (5) Business Days prior to the payment date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in
Section 4.1 hereof. The Issuer shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date and shall promptly thereafter notify the Trustee in writing of any such date. At least fifteen (15) days before the special record
date, the Issuer (or the Trustee, in the name and at the expense of the Issuer) shall mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

 SECTION 2.13 Record Date. 
 The record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent authorized or permitted under this Indenture shall be the later of 30 days
prior to the first solicitation of such consent or the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished to the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.5. 
 SECTION 2.14 Computation of Interest. 
 Interest on the Notes shall be
computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. 
 SECTION 2.15 CUSIP Number. 

The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use a “CUSIP” and/or ISIN or other similar number, and if it does so, the Issuer may use the
CUSIP and/or ISIN or other similar number in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP and/or ISIN or
other similar number printed in the notice or on the Notes and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes. The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP and/or ISIN or other
similar number. 
 SECTION 2.16 Special Transfer Provisions. 

Unless and until (i) a Transfer Restricted Note is exchanged for an Exchange Note or sold in connection with an effective shelf
registration statement under the Securities Act pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement or (ii) the Restricted Notes Legend is no longer required pursuant to Section 2.16(d), the following provisions shall apply: 

(a) Transfers to QIBs. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed
transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note (other than pursuant to Regulation S): 
 (i) The Registrar shall
register the transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note by a Holder to a QIB if such transfer is being made by a proposed transferor who has provided the Registrar with (a) an appropriately completed certificate of transfer in the form attached to
the Note and (b) a letter substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit C hereto. 

  
 -34-

 (ii) If the proposed transferee is an Agent Member and the Transfer
Restricted Note to be transferred consists of an interest in the Regulation S Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) the items required by paragraph (i) above and (y) instructions given in accordance with the
Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures therefor, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the QIB Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the
beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note to be so transferred, and the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an appropriate decrease in the principal amount of such Regulation S Global Note. 

(b) Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S. The following provisions shall apply with respect to registration of
any proposed transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note pursuant to Regulation S: 
 (i) The Registrar shall
register any proposed transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note pursuant to Regulation S by a Holder upon receipt of (a) an appropriately completed certificate of transfer in the form attached to the Note and (b) a letter substantially
in the form set forth in Exhibit D hereto from the proposed transferor. 
 (ii) If the proposed
transferee is an Agent Member holding a beneficial interest in a QIB Global Note and the Transfer Restricted Note to be transferred consists of an interest in a QIB Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) the letter, if any, required
by paragraph (i) above and (y) instructions in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures therefor, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the
Regulation S Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the QIB Global Note to be transferred, and the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an appropriate decrease in the
principal amount of the QIB Global Note. 
 (c) Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer
in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.2, the Trustee shall authenticate, one or more Global Notes not bearing the Restricted Notes
Legend in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Transfer Restricted Global Notes tendered for acceptance in accordance with the Exchange Offer and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer.
Concurrently with the issuance of such Global Notes, the Registrar shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Transfer Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Registrar shall deliver to the Persons designated by
the Holders of Transfer Restricted Global Notes so accepted Global Notes not bearing the Restricted Notes Legend in the appropriate principal amount. 
 (d) Restricted Notes Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Unrestricted Notes, the Registrar shall deliver Unrestricted Notes that do not bear the Restricted Notes Legend. Upon the
transfer, exchange or replacement of Transfer Restricted Notes, the Registrar shall deliver only Transfer Restricted Notes that bear the Restricted Notes Legend unless the Restricted Notes Legend is no longer required by this Section 2.16(d),
or the Issuer determines and there is delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and a letter of representation of the Issuer reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee to the effect that neither such legend
nor the related restrictions on transfer are required or appropriate in order to ensure that subsequent transfers of the Notes are effected in compliance with the Securities Act. 

(e) General. By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Restricted Notes Legend, each Holder of such a Note
acknowledges receipt of a Transfer Restricted Note with restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Restricted Notes Legend and agrees that it shall transfer such Note only as provided in this Indenture. 

  
 -35-

 The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications
received pursuant to this Section 2.16. 
 SECTION 2.17 Issuance of Additional Notes. 

The Issuer shall be entitled to issue Additional Notes under this Indenture that shall have identical terms as the Initial Notes, other
than with respect to the date of issuance, issue price, amount of interest payable on the first interest payment date applicable thereto and any customary escrow provisions, transfer restrictions and any registration rights agreement and additional
interest with respect thereto; provided that such issuance is not otherwise prohibited by the terms of this Indenture, including Section 4.9. The Initial Notes and any Additional Notes and Exchange Notes shall be, without limitation,
treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture. 
 With respect to any Additional Notes, the Issuer shall set
forth in a resolution of its Board of Directors and in an Officers’ Certificate, a copy of each of which shall be delivered to the Trustee, along with an Opinion of Counsel which will address conditions precedent, due authorization, execution
and enforceability, the following information: 
 (1) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be
authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture; 
 (2) the issue price, the Issue Date, the CUSIP number of such
Additional Notes, the first interest payment date and the amount of interest payable on such first interest payment date applicable thereto and the date from which interest shall accrue; 

(3) whether such Additional Notes shall be Transfer Restricted Notes; and 

(4) an Authentication Order. 
 ARTICLE III 
 REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT 

SECTION 3.1 Notices to Trustee. 
 If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.7 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least forty-five (45) days (or such shorter period
as is acceptable to the Trustee) before a date fixed for redemption (the “redemption date”), an Officers’ Certificate setting forth (i) the Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur,
(ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the Redemption Price. 

SECTION 3.2 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed. 
 If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed among the Holders in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities
exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate (and in a manner that complies with applicable legal requirements
and, as applicable the procedures of the DTC); provided that no Notes of $2,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the
principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. On and after the redemption date,
interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption. The Trustee shall make the selection from the Notes outstanding and not previously called for redemption and shall promptly notify the Issuer in writing of the Notes
selected for redemption. The Trustee may select for redemption portions (equal to $1,000 or any integral multiple thereof) of the principal of the Notes that have denominations larger than $2,000. 

  
 -36-

 SECTION 3.3 Notice of Redemption. 

Subject to the provisions of Section 3.9, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Issuer shall mail
or cause to be mailed by first class mail (and, to the extent permitted by applicable procedures or regulations, electronically), a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. 

The notice shall identify the Notes (including the CUSIP numbers, if any) to be redeemed and shall state: 

(1) the redemption date; 
 (2) the Redemption Price; 
 (3) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion
of the principal amount of such Notes to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date, upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion shall be issued upon cancellation of the original Note;

 (4) the name, telephone number and address of the Paying Agent; 

(5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price; 

(6) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment, interest, if any, on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue
on and after the redemption date; 
 (7) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes
called for redemption are being redeemed; and 
 (8) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the
CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes. 
 At the Issuer’s written request, the Trustee shall
give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s expense; provided, however, that the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee at least 45 days prior to the redemption date (or such shorter period as
is acceptable to the Trustee), an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in the notices as provided in the preceding paragraph. The notice mailed in the manner herein
provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given whether or not a Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note shall not affect the validity of the
proceeding for the redemption of any other Note. 
 SECTION 3.4 Effect of Notice of Redemption. 

Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.3 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and
payable on the redemption date at the Redemption Price plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to such date. A notice of redemption may not be conditional. 
 SECTION 3.5 Deposit of Redemption of Purchase Price. 
 Prior to 10:00 a.m
New York City time, on each redemption date or the date on which Notes must be accepted for purchase pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14, the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent (or, if the Issuer or a Subsidiary is the
Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to
the Issuer any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the Redemption Price of (including any Applicable Premium), and accrued interest, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed or
purchased. 

  
 -37-

 SECTION 3.6 Notes Redeemed in Part. 

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, the Trustee shall
authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuer a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered. 
 SECTION 3.7 Optional Redemption. 
 (a) The Notes may be redeemed, in whole
or in part, at any time prior to May 15, 2015, at the option of the Issuer, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first class mail to each Holder’s registered address, at a Redemption Price equal to 100%
of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but not including, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive
interest due on the relevant interest payment date). 
 (b) The Notes are subject to redemption, at the option of the Issuer, in
whole or in part, at any time on or after May 15, 2015, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice at the Redemption Prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant regular record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date), if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on
May 15 of the years indicated: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Redemption
Price	 
	 2015
	  	 	105.625	% 
	 2016
	  	 	102.813	% 
	 2017 and thereafter
	  	 	100.00	% 

 (c) Prior to May 15, 2015, the Issuer may, with the net proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings,
redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes (including Additional Notes) at a Redemption Price equal to 111.250% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to but not including
the date of redemption; provided that at least 65% of the principal amount of Notes then outstanding (including Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption (excluding Notes held by the Issuer or
its Subsidiaries) and that any such redemption occurs within 90 days following the closing of any such Equity Offering. 

SECTION 3.8 Mandatory Redemption. 
 The Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 
 SECTION 3.9 Offer to Purchase. 
 In the event that the Issuer shall be
required to commence an Offer to Purchase pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer or as a result of a Change of Control, the Issuer shall follow the procedures specified below. 
 Unless otherwise required by applicable law, an Offer to Purchase shall specify an Expiration Date of the Offer to Purchase, which shall be, subject to any contrary requirements of applicable law, not
less than 30 days or more than 60 days after the date of mailing of such Offer, and a Purchase Date for purchase of Notes within five Business Days after the Expiration Date. On the Purchase Date, the Issuer shall purchase the aggregate principal
amount of Notes required to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 hereof (the “Offer Amount”), or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered in response to the Offer to Purchase. If
the Purchase Date is on or after the interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest, if any, shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such
record date, and no additional interest, if any, shall be payable to the Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Offer 

  
 -38-

 
to Purchase. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee at least 15 days (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee) prior to the mailing of the Offer of the Issuer’s obligation to
make an Offer to Purchase, and the Offer shall be mailed by the Issuer or, at the Issuer’s request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer. The Offer shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such
Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Offer to Purchase. 
 On the Business Day preceding each Purchase Date, the Issuer shall
irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or Paying Agent (or, if the Issuer or a Subsidiary is the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) in immediately available funds the aggregate purchase price equal to the Offer Amount, together with
accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon, to be held for payment in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.9. On the Purchase Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful, (i) accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the
extent necessary in the case of an Asset Sale Offer, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, (ii) deliver or cause the
Paying Agent or Depositary, as the case may be, to deliver to the Trustee Notes so accepted and (iii) deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Issuer in
accordance with the terms of this Section 3.9. The Issuer shall promptly (but in any case not later than three (3) Business Days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the
Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Issuer for purchase, plus any accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon, and the Issuer shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall
authenticate and mail or deliver at the expense of the Issuer such new Note to such Holder, equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of such Holder’s Notes surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered
by the Issuer to the Holder thereof. The Issuer shall publicly announce in a newspaper of general circulation or in a press release provided to a nationally recognized financial wire service the results of the Offer to Purchase on the Purchase Date.

 ARTICLE IV 
 COVENANTS 
 SECTION 4.1 Payment of Notes. 

(a) The Issuer shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner
provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid for all purposes hereunder on the date the Paying Agent, if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary, holds, as of 10:00 a.m. (New York City time), money deposited
by the Issuer in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all such principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. 
 (b) The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to
the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.

 SECTION 4.2 Maintenance of Office or Agency. 
 The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an Affiliate of the Trustee or Registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for
exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or
agency. The Issuer hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.3 hereof. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency
or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee and the Issuer hereby appoints the Trustee its agent to receive all
such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands. 
 The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other
offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission
and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 

  
 -39-

 SECTION 4.3 Provision of Financial Information. 

Whether or not required by the Commission, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuer will furnish without cost to the Trustee and
the Holders of Notes, or file electronically with the Commission through the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System (or any successor system), within 15 days after the time periods specified in the
Commission’s rules and regulations: 
 (1) all quarterly and annual reports, including financial
information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Issuer were required to file such Forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Issuer’s certified independent accountants; and 

(2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if the Issuer were
required to file such reports. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) the Issuer may satisfy its obligations to deliver the
information and reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above by filing the same with the Commission for public availability within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations (unless the Commission will
not accept such a filing) and make such information available to prospective investors (b) unless required by the rules and regulations of the Commission, no certifications or attestations concerning disclosure controls and procedures or
internal controls, and no certifications, that would otherwise be required pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 will be required at any time when it would not otherwise be subject to such statute and (c) nothing contained in this
Indenture shall otherwise require the Issuer to comply with the terms of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 at any time when it would not otherwise be subject to such statute. In addition, the Issuer and the Guarantors have agreed that, for so long as
any Notes remain outstanding, they will furnish to the Holders and to prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 

If the Issuer has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then, to the extent such Unrestricted Subsidiaries
constitute in the aggregate in excess of either 5.0% of the Issuer’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets or 5.0% of the Issuer’s consolidated revenues, the quarterly and annual financial information required by the preceding paragraph shall
include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” of the financial
condition and results of operations of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer. 

SECTION 4.4 Compliance Certificate. 
 The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year commencing December 31, 2012, an Officers’ Certificate stating that in the course of the performance by
the signers of their duties as Officers of the Issuer they would normally have knowledge of any Default or stating that a review of the activities of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries during such period has been made under their supervision with a
view to determining whether the Issuer has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that, to his or her knowledge, no Default or Event of
Default has occurred during such period (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with
respect thereto). 
 The Issuer shall, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon
becoming aware and in any event within 15 days of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 

  
 -40-

 SECTION 4.5 Taxes. 

The Issuer shall pay, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency all material taxes, assessments and
governmental levies, except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which appropriate reserves have been taken in accordance with GAAP or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any
material respect to the Holders of the Notes. 
 SECTION 4.6 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. 

The Issuer covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner
whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer and each of the
Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to
the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted. 
 SECTION
4.7 Limitation on Restricted Payments. 
 The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to,
directly or indirectly, make any Restricted Payment unless, at the time of the proposed Restricted Payment: 

(a) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or will occur as a consequence thereof; 

(b) after giving effect to such Restricted Payment, the Issuer would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional
Debt (other than Permitted Debt) pursuant to Section 4.9(a); and 
 (c) after giving effect to such
Restricted Payment, the aggregate amount expended or declared for all Restricted Payments made on or after the Issue Date (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi), (vii), (viii), (ix) and (x) of the
next succeeding paragraph), shall not exceed the sum (without duplication) of 
 (1) 50% of the Consolidated Net
Income (or if Consolidated Net Income shall be a deficit, 100% of such deficit) of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the period (taken as one accounting period) from July 2, 2012 to the end of the Issuer’s most recently ended
fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, plus 
 (2) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by the Issuer subsequent to the initial issuance of the Notes either (i) as a contribution to its common equity capital or (ii) from the
issuance and sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of its Qualified Capital Interests, including Qualified Capital Interests issued upon the conversion of Debt or Redeemable Capital Interests of the Issuer, and from the exercise of options,
warrants or other rights to purchase such Qualified Capital Interests (other than, in each case, Capital Interests or Debt sold to a Subsidiary of the Issuer), plus 

(3) 100% of the amount by which Debt of the Issuer is reduced on the Issuer’s consolidated balance sheet upon the
conversion or exchange (other than by a Subsidiary of the Issuer) subsequent to the initial issuance of the Notes of any Debt for Qualified Capital Interests of the Issuer (less the amount of any cash, or the fair value of any other property,
distributed by the Issuer upon such conversion or exchange), plus 
 (4) 100% of the net reduction in
Investments (other than Permitted Investments), subsequent to the date of the initial issuance of the Notes, in any Person, resulting from (x) payments 

  
 -41-

 
of interest on Debt, dividends, distributions, redemption, repurchases, repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of assets (but only to the extent such interest, dividends,
distributions, redemptions, repurchases, repayments or other transfers were made in (i) cash or (ii) assets (valued at Fair Market Value) other than cash (other than pay-in-kind dividends or interest)), in each case to the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary from any Person (including, without limitation, an Unrestricted Subsidiary), (y) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) thereof made by the Issuer and the Restricted
Subsidiaries or (z) the redesignation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, not to exceed in the case of any Person the amount of Investments (other than Permitted Investments) previously made by the Issuer or
any Restricted Subsidiary in such Person. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, the Issuer and the Restricted
Subsidiaries may take the following actions; provided that, in the cases of clauses (iv) and (x) below, no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing unless, in the case of clause (iv), the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary
is contractually required to make a payment as described in such clause (iv): 
 (i) the payment of any dividend
or other distribution or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption on Capital Interests in the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary within 60 days after declaration or setting the record date for redemption thereof, as applicable, if at such date
such payment would not have been prohibited by the foregoing provisions of this covenant; 
 (ii) the retirement
of any Capital Interests of the Issuer by conversion into, or by or in exchange for, Qualified Capital Interests, or out of net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer) of other Qualified Capital
Interests of the Issuer; 
 (iii) the redemption, defeasance, repurchase or acquisition or retirement for value
of any Debt of the Issuer or a Guarantor that is subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or the applicable Note Guarantee out of the net cash proceeds of a substantially concurrent issue and sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer) of
(x) new Refinancing Debt Incurred in accordance with this Indenture or (y) of Qualified Capital Interests of the Issuer; 
 (iv) the purchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition for value of Capital Interests in the Issuer or, to the extent still outstanding under the Issuer’s 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (the
“Carrols Plan”), Capital Interests in Fiesta Restaurant Group, Inc. held by employees, officers or directors or by former employees, officers or directors of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (or their estates or beneficiaries
under their estates) upon death, disability, retirement or termination of employment; provided that the aggregate consideration paid for such purchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition of such Capital Interests does not exceed the
sum of (A) $2.5 million in any fiscal year (provided that if less than $2.5 million is used for such purposes in any fiscal year, any unused amounts may be carried forward for use in one or more future periods; provided,
further, that the aggregate amount of repurchases made pursuant to this clause (iv) (A) may not exceed $5.0 million in any fiscal year); plus (B) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Issuer and
its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (it being understood that the Issuer may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by this clause (B) in any calendar year); 

(v) repurchase of Capital Interests in the Issuer deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options, warrants or other
convertible or exchangeable securities to the extent such Capital Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of those stock options, warrants or other convertible or exchangeable securities or repurchase of such Capital Interests to the
extent the proceeds of such repurchase are used to pay taxes incurred by the holder thereof as a result of the issuance or grant thereof; 
 (vi) the prepayment of intercompany Debt, the Incurrence of which was permitted pursuant to Section 4.9; 

  
 -42-

 (vii) cash payment, in lieu of issuance of fractional shares in connection
with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for the Capital Interests of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (viii) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Redeemable Capital Interests of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary issued or Incurred in compliance with
Section 4.9; 
 (ix) upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or an Asset Sale, the defeasance,
redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of any subordinated Debt pursuant to provisions substantially similar to those set forth in Section 4.10 and 4.14 in accordance with the terms of such subordinated Debt; provided that prior to
or contemporaneously with such defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition, the Issuer has made an Offer to Purchase with respect to the Notes and has repurchased all Notes validly tendered for payment and not withdrawn in connection
therewith; and 
 (x) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount since the Issue Date not in excess of
$15.0 million. 
 For purposes of this Section 4.7, if any Investment or Restricted Payment would be permitted pursuant to
one or more provisions described above and/or one or more of the exceptions contained in the definition of “Permitted Investments,” the Issuer may classify such Investment or Restricted Payment in any manner that complies with this
Section 4.7 and may later reclassify any such Investment or Restricted Payment so long as the Investment or Restricted Payment (as so reclassified) would be permitted to be made in reliance on the applicable exception as of the date of such
reclassification. 
 If any Person in which an Investment is made, which Investment constitutes a Restricted Payment when made,
thereafter becomes a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with this Indenture, all such Investments previously made in such Person shall no longer be counted as Restricted Payments for purposes of calculating the aggregate amount of Restricted
Payments pursuant to clause (c) of the first paragraph under this Section 4.7 or clause (x) of the second paragraph under this Section 4.7, in each case to the extent such Investments would otherwise be so counted. 

If the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers, conveys, sells, leases or otherwise disposes of an Investment in accordance with
Section 4.10, which Investment was originally included in the aggregate amount expended or declared for all Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (c) of the first paragraph of this Section 4.7, the aggregate amount expended or
declared for all Restricted Payments shall be reduced by the lesser of (i) the Net Cash Proceeds from the transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition of such Investment or (ii) the amount of the original Investment, in each
case, to the extent originally included in the aggregate amount expended or declared for all Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (c) of the first paragraph of this Section 4.7. 

For purposes of this Section 4.7, if a particular Restricted Payment involves a non-cash payment, including a distribution of
assets, then such Restricted Payment shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the cash portion of such Restricted Payment, if any, plus an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the non-cash portion of such Restricted Payment. 

SECTION 4.8 Limitation on Dividends and Other Payments Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries. 

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, cause or suffer to exist or become
effective or enter into any encumbrance or restriction (other than pursuant to this Indenture, law, rules or regulation) on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Interests
owned by any of the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiaries or pay any Debt or other obligation owed to any of the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) make loans or advances to any of the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiaries thereof or
(iii) transfer any of its property or assets to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiaries. 

  
 -43-

 However, the preceding restrictions will not apply to the following encumbrances or
restrictions existing under or by reason of: 
 (a) any encumbrance or restriction in existence on the Issue Date
and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings thereof; provided that the amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings,
replacements or refinancings, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend or other payment restrictions than those contained in these agreements on the Issue Date or
refinancings thereof; 
 (b) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement relating to an acquisition
of property, so long as the encumbrances or restrictions in any such agreement relate solely to the property so acquired (and are not or were not created in anticipation of the acquisition thereof by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary);

 (c) any encumbrance or restriction which exists with respect to a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary
after the Issue Date, which is in existence at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, but not created in connection with or in anticipation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, and which is not applicable to any Person or
the property or assets of any Person other than such Person or the property or assets of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (d) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement effecting a permitted renewal, refunding, replacement, refinancing or extension of Debt issued pursuant to an agreement containing any
encumbrance or restriction referred to in the foregoing clauses (a) through (c), so long as the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such refinancing agreement are no less favorable in any material respect to the Holders than the
encumbrances and restrictions contained in the agreements governing the Debt being renewed, refunded, replaced, refinanced or extended in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Issuer; 

(e) customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease, contract, or license of the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary or provisions in agreements that restrict the assignment of such agreement or any rights thereunder; 
 (f) any restriction on the sale or other disposition of assets or property securing Debt as a result of a Permitted Lien on such assets or property; 

(g) any encumbrance or restriction by reason of applicable law, rule, regulation or order; 

(h) any encumbrance or restriction under this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees; 

(i) restrictions on cash and other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary
course of business; 
 (j) provisions with respect to the disposition or distribution of assets or property in
joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, sale-leaseback agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

(k) any instrument governing Debt or Capital Interests of a Person acquired by the Issuer or any of the Restricted
Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Debt or Capital Interests was incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any
Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; 
 (l) Liens securing Debt otherwise permitted to be incurred under this Indenture, including pursuant to Section 4.12, that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens;

  
 -44-

 (m) provisions of the Credit Facility as in effect on the Issue Date and
provisions of any other Credit Facility that, as determined by management of the Issuer in its reasonable and good faith judgment, (i) will not materially impair the Issuer’s ability to make payments required under the Notes and
(ii) are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than the provisions under the Credit Facility as in effect on the Issue Date; 
 (n) provisions of any agreement evidencing Debt incurred under Section 4.9 that, as determined by management of the Issuer in its reasonable and good faith judgment, (i) will not materially
impair the Issuer’s ability to make payments required under the Notes and (ii) are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than customary for financings of this type; and 

(o) solely with respect to clause (iii) in the first paragraph of this Section 4.8, encumbrances and
restrictions under the Franchise Agreements (including without limitation, the Burger King Rights) and in leases and subleases of restaurant locations entered into by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries with Burger King Corporation, in each case,
in the ordinary course of business. 
 SECTION 4.9 Limitation on Incurrence of Debt. 

(a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur any Debt (including Acquired Debt);
provided that the Issuer and any of the Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Guarantor may Incur Debt (including Acquired Debt) if, immediately after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Debt and the receipt and application of the proceeds
therefrom, (a) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than 2.0:1.0 and (b) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time or as a
consequence of the Incurrence of such Debt. 
 (b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) above, the Issuer and the Restricted
Subsidiaries may Incur “Permitted Debt” as follows: 
 (i) Debt incurred pursuant to, and the
issuance or creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances under or in connection with (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Issuer
and its Restricted Subsidiaries thereunder), any Credit Facility in an aggregate principal amount outstanding under this clause (i) at any time not to exceed the greater of (x) $25.0 million and (y) 75% of Consolidated EBITDA of the
Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the Four-Quarter Period most recently ended prior to the date of such Incurrence; provided that with respect to any revolving credit commitments under any Credit Facility, any Debt thereunder will be
deemed to be Incurred on the date the Issuer obtains such revolving credit commitments for the purposes of this clause (i) regardless of when any borrowings, repayments or reborrowings under such commitments are made; 

(ii) Debt outstanding under the Notes (excluding any Additional Notes) and Guarantees of the Notes and contribution,
indemnification and reimbursement obligations owed by the Issuer or any Guarantor to any of the other of them in respect of amounts paid or payable on such Notes; 

(iii) Debt of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary outstanding at the time of the Issue Date (other than clauses
(i) or (ii) above); 
 (iv) Debt Incurred following the Issue Date that is owed to and held by the
Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if such Debt is owed by the Issuer or a Guarantor to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Debt shall be subordinated to the prior payment in full of the Obligations;

 (v) Guarantees Incurred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Debt or other obligations of the
Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (a) such Debt is Permitted Debt or is otherwise Incurred in accordance with this Section 4.9 and (b) such Guarantees are subordinated to the Notes to the same extent as the Debt
being guaranteed; 

  
 -45-

 (vi) Debt Incurred in respect of workers’ compensation claims,
self-insurance obligations, indemnity, bid, performance, warranty, release, appeal, surety and similar bonds, letters of credit for operating purposes and completion guarantees provided or Incurred (including Guarantees thereof) by the Issuer or a
Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; 
 (vii) Debt under Hedging Obligations entered
into to manage fluctuations in interest rates, commodity prices and currency exchange rates (and not for speculative purposes); 
 (viii) Debt of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Capital Lease Obligations and Purchase Money Debt; provided that the aggregate principal amount of such Debt outstanding at
any time under this clause (viii) may not exceed $15.0 million in the aggregate; 
 (ix) the issuance
by any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to the Issuer or to any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that: 

(a) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Capital Interests that results in any such preferred stock being held by a
Person other than the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiaries; and 
 (b) any sale or other transfer of any such
preferred stock to a Person that is not either the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 shall be deemed, in each
case, to constitute an issuance of such preferred stock by such Restricted Subsidiary that was not permitted by this clause (ix); 
 (x) Debt arising from (x) customary cash management services and automated clearing house transactions, (y) any Bank Product or (z) the honoring by a bank or other financial
institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that any such Debt Incurred pursuant to clause (z) is extinguished within five business
days of the Incurrence; 
 (xi) Debt of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted
pursuant to this definition, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $10.0 million at any time outstanding; 
 (xii) Refinancing Debt in respect of any Debt permitted by clauses (ii) and (iii) above, this clause (xii) or Debt Incurred in accordance with clause (a) of this Section 4.9;

 (xiii) Debt of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of take-or-pay obligations contained in
supply arrangements in the ordinary course of business; and 
 (xiv) Debt consisting of Debt issued by the
Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to current or former officers, directors, employees and consultants thereof, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of
the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent pursuant to clause (iv) of the second paragraph of Section 4.7. 
 (c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.9, (x) the outstanding principal amount of any Debt shall be counted only once such that (without limitation) any obligation
arising under any Guarantees or obligations with respect to letters of credit supporting Debt otherwise included in the determination of such particular amount shall not be included and (y) except as provided above, in the event that an
item of Debt meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Debt described above, including categories of Permitted Debt and paragraph (a) of this Section 4.9, the Issuer, in its sole discretion, shall classify, and from time to time
may reclassify, all or any portion of such item of Debt. 
 (d) The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of
original issue discount and the payment of interest on Debt in the forms of additional Debt or payment of dividends on Capital Interests in the forms of additional 

  
 -46-

 
shares of Capital Interests with the same terms and changes in the amount outstanding due solely to the result of fluctuations in the exchange rates of currencies will not be deemed to be an
Incurrence of Debt or issuance of Capital Interests for purposes of this Section 4.9. 
 (e) Notwithstanding anything to
the contrary herein, the maximum amount of Debt that may be outstanding pursuant to this Section 4.9 will not be deemed exceeded due to the results of fluctuations in exchange rates or currency values. For purposes of determining compliance
with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Debt, the U.S. dollar equivalent principal amount of Debt denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such
Debt was Incurred. 
 (f) None of the Issuer and Guarantors will Incur any Debt that pursuant to its terms is subordinate or
junior in right of payment to any Debt unless such Debt is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and the Note Guarantees to the same extent; provided that Debt will not be considered subordinate or junior in right of payment to any
other Debt solely by virtue of being unsecured or secured to a greater or lesser extent or with greater or lower priority. 

SECTION 4.10 Limitation on Asset Sales. 
 (a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly consummate an Asset Sale, unless: 

(1) other than in the case of an Event of Loss, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives
consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; 

(2) other than in the case of an Event of Loss, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Issuer or such
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash, Eligible Cash Equivalents or Additional Assets; 
 (3) to the extent that any consideration received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale constitute securities or other assets that constitute Collateral, such securities or other
assets, including the assets of any Person that becomes a Guarantor as a result of such transaction, are promptly following their acquisition added to the Collateral securing the Notes; and 

(4) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of, or would occur after giving
effect, on a pro forma basis, to, such Asset Sale. 
 Within 365 days after the Issuer’s or a Restricted Subsidiary’s
receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds of any Asset Sale covered by this clause (a), the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Cash Proceeds from such Asset Sale: 

(i) to prepay, repay or otherwise purchase First Lien Obligations; provided, however, that in connection
with any prepayment, repayment or purchase of Debt pursuant to this clause (i), the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary shall permanently retire such Debt and shall cause the related loan commitment (if any) to be permanently reduced in an amount
equal to the principal amount so prepaid, repaid or purchased; 
 (ii) to make one or more offers to the holders
of the Notes (and, at the option of the Issuer, the holders of Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations) to purchase Notes (and such Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations) pursuant to and subject to the conditions contained in this
Indenture (each, an “Asset Sale Offer”); provided, however, that in connection with any prepayment, repayment or purchase of Debt pursuant to this clause (ii), the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary shall permanently
retire such Debt and shall cause the related loan commitment (if any) to be permanently reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so prepaid, repaid or purchased; provided further that if the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary
shall so reduce any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, the Issuer will equally and ratably 

  
 -47-

 
reduce Debt under the Notes by making an offer to all Holders of Notes to purchase at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, the pro
rata principal amount of the Notes, such offer to be conducted in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer but without any further limitation in amount; or 

(iii) to an investment in (a) any one or more businesses; provided that such investment in any business is in
the form of the acquisition of Capital Interests and results in the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Interests of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary,
(b) properties, (c) capital expenditures or (d) other assets that, in each of (a), (b), (c) and (d), replace the businesses, properties and assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale or are used or useful in a Permitted
Business (clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d) together, the “Additional Assets”); provided that to the extent that the assets that were subject to the Asset Sale constituted Collateral, such Additional Assets shall also
constitute Collateral; provided, further, that the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, promptly takes such action (if any) as may be required to cause that portion of such investment constituting Collateral to be
added to the Collateral securing the Notes. 
 Any Net Cash Proceeds from the Asset Sales covered by this clause (a) that
are not invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in the preceding paragraph will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds.” Within 15 business days after the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds
$15.0 million, the Issuer shall make an Asset Sale Offer to all holders of the Notes, and, if required by the terms of any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, to the holders of such Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, to purchase
the maximum principal amount of Notes and such Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations that is $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount
equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and such
Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate
principal amount of Notes or the Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations surrendered by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Issuer shall select the Notes and such Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations to be
purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or such Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at
zero. After the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary has applied the Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Sale of any Collateral as provided in, and within the time periods required by, this paragraph (a), the balance of such Net Cash Proceeds, if
any, from such Asset Sale of Collateral shall be released by the Collateral Agent to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary for use by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary for any purpose not prohibited by the terms of this Indenture.

 (b) For purposes of this Section 4.10, the following are deemed to be cash or Eligible Cash Equivalents: 

(1) any liabilities (as shown on the Issuer’s, or such Restricted Subsidiary’s, most recent balance sheet or in
the notes thereto) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and for which the Issuer and all Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all creditors in writing; and 

(2) any securities received by the Issuer, a Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are
converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale. 
 The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other applicable securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are
applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Offer to Purchase. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sale provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer will comply with
the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Asset Sale provisions of this Indenture by virtue of such compliance. 

  
 -48-

 SECTION 4.11 Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates. 

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any payment to, or sell,
lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction or series of related transactions, contract, agreement, loan, advance or guarantee
with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Issuer (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless: 
 (i) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Issuer, taken as a whole, or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could reasonably have been obtained
in a comparable arm’s-length transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unaffiliated party; and 
 (ii) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $5.0 million, the Issuer delivers to the Trustee a resolution
adopted in good faith by the majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (i) above; and

 (iii) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving
aggregate consideration in excess of $15.0 million, the Issuer must obtain and deliver to the Trustee a written opinion of a nationally recognized investment banking, accounting or appraisal firm (an “Independent Financial Advisor”)
stating that the transaction is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, from a financial point of view. 
 The foregoing limitation does not limit, and shall not apply to: 

(1) Restricted Payments that are permitted by the provisions of this Indenture pursuant to Section 4.7 or Permitted
Investments; 
 (2) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and indemnities to members of the Board of
Directors of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (3) the payment (and any agreement, plan or arrangement
relating thereto) of reasonable and customary compensation and other benefits (including retirement, health, option, deferred compensation and other benefit plans) and indemnities to officers and employees of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 (4) transactions between or among the Issuer and/or the Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(5) the issuance of Capital Interests (other than Redeemable Capital Interests) of the Issuer otherwise permitted
hereunder and the granting of registration and other customary rights in connection therewith; 
 (6) any
agreement or arrangement as in effect on the Issue Date and any amendment, extension or modification thereto so long as such amendment, extension or modification is not more disadvantageous to the Holders of the Notes in any material respect;

 (7) any agreement between any Person and an Affiliate of such Person existing at the time such Person is
acquired by or merged into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such agreement was not entered into in contemplation of such acquisition or merger, or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous
to the Holders in the good faith judgment of the board of directors of the Issuer when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the date of such acquisition or merger); 

  
 -49-

 (8) transactions in which the Issuer delivers to the Trustee a written
opinion from an Independent Financial Advisor to the effect that the transaction is fair, from a financial point of view, to the Issuer and any relevant Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(9) any contribution of capital to the Issuer; 

(10) the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations
under the terms of, any stockholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the
existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under, any future amendment to any such existing agreement or any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this
clause (10) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the original agreement in effect on the Issue Date;
and 
 (11) (i) the Burger King Acquisition Agreement, the Burger King Operating Agreement and any ancillary
agreements contemplated therewith, consistent in all material respects with the description thereof in the Offering Memorandum, together with any changes, additions, modifications or amendments thereto as are not, taken as a whole, materially more
disadvantageous to the Issuer or Holders and (ii) transactions with Burger King Corporation in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture which, in the good faith determination of the Issuer,
are fair to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party; and 

(12) the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions. 

SECTION 4.12 Limitation on Liens. 
 (a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to enter into, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Liens of any kind, on or with respect
to the Collateral except Permitted Collateral Liens. 
 (b) Subject to paragraph (a) of this Section 4.12, the Issuer
will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to enter into, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Liens of any kind, other than Permitted Liens, on or with respect to any of its property or assets
now owned or hereafter acquired or any interest therein or any income or profits therefrom other than the Collateral without securing the Notes and all other amounts due under this Indenture and the Security Documents (for so long as such Lien
exists) equally and ratably with (or prior to) the obligation or liability secured by such Lien. 
 SECTION 4.13 Maintenance
of Property and Insurance. 
 Subject to and in compliance with the provisions of Article X and the provisions of the
applicable Security Documents, all property (including equipment) material to, and used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as whole, shall be maintained and kept in good operating condition
and working order (ordinary wear and tear and casualty loss excepted), and the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall make any repairs, replacements and improvements thereto as they determine to be reasonable and prudent; provided that
the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be obligated to comply with the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.13 to the extent that the Issuer’s management determines that the maintenance and repair of such property is no
longer in the best interests of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole. 
 The Issuer will provide or cause
to be provided, for itself and its Restricted Subsidiaries, insurance (including appropriate self-insurance) on its and its Subsidiaries business and the Collateral, with recognized, financially sound insurers or with the government of the United
States of America, or an agency or instrumentality thereof, in such amounts, with such deductibles and by such methods as are determined by the Issuer in good faith to be reasonable and prudent. 

  
 -50-

 SECTION 4.14 Offer to Purchase upon Change of Control. 

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder of Notes will have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or any part
of the outstanding Notes at a Purchase Price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount tendered, together with accrued interest, if any, to but not including the Purchase Date pursuant to an Offer to Purchase (the “Change of Control
Payment”). For purposes of the foregoing, an Offer to Purchase shall be deemed to have been made if (i) within 60 days following the date of the consummation of a transaction or series of transactions that constitutes a Change of
Control, the Issuer commences an Offer to Purchase all outstanding Notes at the Purchase Price and (ii) all Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Offer to Purchase are purchased on the terms of such Offer to Purchase. 

On the Purchase Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful, (a) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered
pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, (b) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered and (c) otherwise comply with Section 3.9. 

The Change of Control provisions described above will be applicable whether or not any other provisions of this Indenture are applicable.

 The Issuer will not be required to make an Offer to Purchase upon a Change of Control if (i) a third party makes such
Offer to Purchase contemporaneously with or upon a Change of Control in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth herein applicable to an Offer to Purchase made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly
tendered and not withdrawn under such Offer to Purchase or (ii) a notice of redemption has been given pursuant to Section 3.7(a) or Section 3.7(b). 
 To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer will comply with Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and
any other applicable securities laws and regulations and no Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred as a result of such compliance. 
 In addition, an Offer to Purchase may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of
making the Offer to Purchase. 
 SECTION 4.15 Corporate Existence. 

Except as permitted by Section 11.5 and Article V hereof, as the case may be, the Issuer shall do or cause to be done all
things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and the corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other existence of each of its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with the respective
organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary; provided that the Issuer shall not be required to preserve the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its
Subsidiaries to the extent that the Issuer’s management determines that the preservation thereof is no longer in the best interests of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole. 

SECTION 4.16 Limitation on Business Activities. 
 The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than a Permitted Business. 
 SECTION 4.17 Additional Note Guarantees. 
 After the Issue Date, the Issuer
will cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than (x) any Foreign Subsidiary and (y) any Restricted Subsidiary that is prohibited by law from guaranteeing the Notes or that would experience adverse regulatory consequences as a
result of providing a guarantee of the Notes (so long as, in the case of this clause (y), such Restricted Subsidiary has not provided a guarantee of any other Debt of the Issuer or any of the Guarantors)) to guarantee the Notes and the Issuer’s
other obligations under this Indenture. 

  
 -51-

 Subject to Section 4.19, such Guarantor will within thirty (30) days of becoming
such Restricted Subsidiary enter into a joinder agreement to the applicable Security Documents or new Security Documents defining the terms of the security interests that secure payment and performance when due of the Notes and take all actions
advisable in the opinion of the Issuer, as set forth in an Officers’ Certificate accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel to the Issuer to cause the Liens created by the Security Documents to be duly perfected to the extent required by such
documents in accordance with all applicable law, including the filing of financing statements in the jurisdictions of incorporation or formation of the Issuer and the Guarantors. The Issuer shall also deliver an Opinion of Counsel satisfactory to
the Trustee. The Note Guarantees will be released as set forth in Article XI. 
 SECTION 4.18 Limitation on Creation of
Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 
 The Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer to be an “Unrestricted
Subsidiary” as provided below, in which event such Subsidiary and each other Person that is a Subsidiary of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

The Issuer may designate any Subsidiary (including any newly formed or newly acquired Subsidiary) of the Issuer as an Unrestricted
Subsidiary under this Indenture (a “Designation”) only if: 
 (1) no Default shall be continuing
after giving effect to such Designation; and 
 (2) the Issuer would be permitted to make, at the time of such
Designation, (i) a Permitted Investment or (ii) an Investment pursuant to the first paragraph of Section 4.7, in either case, in an amount (the “Designation Amount”) equal to the Fair Market Value of the Issuer’s
proportionate interest in such Subsidiary on such date. 
 No Subsidiary shall be Designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary
unless such Subsidiary: 
 (1) to the extent the Debt of the Subsidiary is not Non-Recourse Debt, any guarantee
or other credit support thereof by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under Section 4.9 

(2) is a Person with respect to which neither the Issuer nor any Restricted Subsidiary has any direct or indirect
obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Capital Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve the Person’s financial condition or to cause the Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results, unless such obligation is a
Permitted Investment or is otherwise permitted under Section 4.7. 
 If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary fails to
meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Debt of the Subsidiary and any Liens on assets of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be
incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary as of the date and, if the Debt is not permitted to be incurred under Section 4.9, or the Lien is not permitted under Section 4.12, the Issuer shall be in default of the applicable covenant. 

An Unrestricted Subsidiary may be designated as a Restricted Subsidiary if (i) all the Debt of such Unrestricted Subsidiary could be
Incurred in accordance with under Section 4.9 and (ii) all the Liens on the property and assets of such Unrestricted Subsidiary could be incurred pursuant to Section 4.12. 

All Designations must be evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee certifying compliance with the foregoing
provisions. 
 SECTION 4.19 Further Assurances. 
 Upon the acquisition by the Issuer or any Guarantor after the Issue Date of (1) any after-acquired assets, including, but not limited to, any after-acquired Real Property or any equipment or fixtures
which constitute accretions, 

  
 -52-

 
additions or technological upgrades to the equipment or fixtures or any working capital assets that, in any such case, form part of the Collateral, or (2) any replacement assets in
compliance with Section 4.10, the Issuer or such Guarantor shall execute and deliver, (i) with regard to any Real Property that is acquired for the purpose of serving as a restaurant, mortgages and related documentation and opinions
specified in this Indenture within 365 days of the date of acquisition, (ii) with regard to any other Real Property, mortgages and related documentation and opinions as specified in this Indenture within 180 days of the date of acquisition (or
such later date as any applicable regulatory approvals have been obtained) and (iii) to the extent required by the Security Documents, any information, documentation, financing statements or other certificates as may be necessary to vest in the
Collateral Agent a perfected security interest, subject only to Permitted Liens and the Burger King Rights, in such after-acquired Property (other than Excluded Property (as defined in the Security Agreement) and Collateral that the Issuer or such
Guarantor is not required under the Security Documents to take actions to perfect) and to have such after-acquired Property added to the Collateral, and thereupon all provisions of this Indenture, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor
Agreement relating to the Collateral shall be deemed to relate to such after-acquired Property to the same extent and with the same force and effect. 
 SECTION 4.20 Additional Interest Notice. 
 In the event that the Company is
required to pay Additional Interest to holders of Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will provide written notice (“Additional Interest Notice”) to the Trustee of its obligation to pay Additional Interest no
later than five days prior to the proposed payment date for the Additional Interest, and the Additional Interest Notice shall set forth the amount of Additional Interest to be paid by the Company on such payment date. The Trustee shall not at any
time be under any duty or responsibility to any holder of Notes to determine the Additional Interest, or with respect to the nature, extent, or calculation of the amount of Additional Interest owed, or with respect to the method employed in such
calculation of the Additional Interest. 
 ARTICLE V 
 SUCCESSORS 
 SECTION 5.1 Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance, Transfer or
Lease. 
 The Issuer will not, in any transaction or series of transactions, consolidate with or merge into any other Person
(other than a merger of a Restricted Subsidiary into the Issuer in which the Issuer is the continuing Person), or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries
(determined on a consolidated basis), taken as a whole, to any other Person, unless: 
 (i) either: (a) the
Issuer shall be the continuing Person or (b) the Person (if other than the Issuer) formed by such consolidation or into which the Issuer is merged, or the Person that acquires, by sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other
disposition, all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Issuer (such Person, the “Surviving Entity”), (1) shall be a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or similar entity organized and validly
existing under the laws of the United States, any political subdivision thereof or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (2) shall expressly assume, by a supplemental indenture, the due and punctual payment of all amounts due in
respect of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on all the Notes and the performance of the covenants and obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and (3) shall expressly assume the due and punctual performance of the
covenants and obligations of the Issuer under the Security Documents; provided, however, that the Issuer may not consolidate or merge with or into any Person other than a corporation satisfying such requirement; 

(ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction or series of transactions on a pro forma basis (including,
without limitation, any Debt Incurred in connection with or in respect of such transaction or series of transactions), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom; 

(iii) in the case of a transaction involving the Issuer, immediately after giving effect to any such transaction or series
of transactions on a pro forma basis (including, without limitation, any Debt Incurred or anticipated to be Incurred in connection with or in respect of such transaction or series of transactions)

  
 -53-

 
as if such transaction or series of transactions had occurred on the first day of the determination period, the Issuer (or the Surviving Entity if the Issuer is not the continuing Person), could
Incur $1.00 of additional Debt (other than Permitted Debt) under Section 4.9(a); 
 (iv) the Issuer
delivers, or causes to be delivered, to the Trustee, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, assignment,
transfer, lease or other disposition complies with the requirements of this Indenture; 
 (v) the Surviving
Entity causes such amendments, supplements or other instruments to be executed, delivered, filed and recorded, as applicable, in such jurisdictions as may be required by applicable law to preserve and protect the Lien of the Security Documents on
the Collateral owned by or transferred to the Surviving Entity; 
 (vi) the Collateral owned by or transferred to
the Surviving Entity shall (a) continue to constitute Collateral under this Indenture and the Security Documents, (b) be subject to the Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and
(c) not be subject to any Lien other than Permitted Collateral Liens; and 
 (vii) the property and assets
of the Person which is merged or consolidated with or into the Surviving Entity, to the extent that they are property or assets of the types which would constitute Collateral under the Security Documents, shall be treated as after-acquired property
and the Surviving Entity shall take such action as may be reasonably necessary to cause such property and assets to be made subject to the Lien of the Security Documents in the manner and to the extent required in this Indenture. 

The preceding clause (iii) will not prohibit: 

(a) a merger between the Issuer and a Restricted Subsidiary; or 

(b) a merger between the Issuer and an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of converting the Issuer into a
corporation organized under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision or state thereof; 
 so long as, in each case, the amount
of Debt of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby, except for Debt incurred in the ordinary course of business to pay fees, expenses and other costs associated with such transaction. 

SECTION 5.2 Successor Person Substituted. 
 Upon any transaction or series of transactions that are of the type described in, and are effected in accordance with, conditions described in Section 5.1, the Surviving Entity shall succeed to, and
be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer under this Indenture with the same effect as if such Surviving Entity had been named as the Issuer herein, as applicable; and when a Surviving Entity duly assumes all of the
obligations and covenants of the Issuer pursuant to this Indenture and the Notes, except in the case of a lease, the predecessor Person shall be relieved of all such obligations. 

ARTICLE VI 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 
 SECTION 6.1 Events of Default. 
 Each of the following constitutes an
“Event of Default”: 
 (1) default in the payment in respect of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any
Note at its maturity (whether at Stated Maturity or upon repurchase, acceleration, optional redemption or otherwise); 

  
 -54-

 (2) default in the payment of any interest upon any Note when it becomes due and payable,
and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days; 
 (3) failure by the Issuer to accept and pay for Notes tendered
when and as required pursuant to an Offer to Purchase made pursuant to Section 4.14; 
 (4) except as permitted by this
Indenture, (i) any Note Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect and enforceable
in accordance with its terms (except as specifically provided in this Indenture) for a period of 30 days after written notice thereof by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes or (ii) the Note
Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) shall for any reason be asserted by any of the Guarantors or the Issuer not to be in full force and
effect and enforceable in accordance with its terms; 
 (5) default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or agreement
of the Issuer or any Guarantor in this Indenture (other than a covenant or agreement a default in whose performance or whose breach is specifically dealt with in clauses (1), (2), (3) or (4) above), and continuance of such default or
breach for a period of 60 days after written notice thereof has been given to the Issuer by the Trustee or to the Issuer and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes; 

(6) a default or defaults under any bonds, debentures, notes or other evidences of Debt (other than the Notes) by the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary having, individually or in the aggregate, a principal or similar amount outstanding of at least $15.0 million, whether such Debt now exists or shall hereafter be created, which default or defaults shall have resulted in
the acceleration of the maturity of such Debt prior to its express maturity or shall constitute a failure to pay at least $15.0 million of the principal amount of such Debt when due and payable after the expiration of any applicable grace
period with respect thereto; 
 (7) the entry against the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary
(or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) of a final judgment or final judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $15.0 million and not covered by insurance
(not disputed), by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction, which judgments remain undischarged, unwaived, unstayed, unbonded or unsatisfied for a period of 60 consecutive days; 

(8) (i) the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken
together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: 

(a) commences a voluntary case, 
 (b) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case, 
 (c) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, 
 (d) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or 
 (e) admits, in writing, its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due; 
 (ii) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 
 (a) is for relief against the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary,
in an involuntary case; 

  
 -55-

 (b) appoints a Custodian of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is
a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; or 

(c) orders the liquidation of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of
Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary 
 and the order or decree remains
unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or 
 (9) (x) with respect to any Collateral having a fair market value in
excess of $15.0 million, individually or in the aggregate, (a) any default or breach by the Issuer or any Guarantor in the performance of its obligations under the Security Documents or this Indenture which adversely affects the condition or
value of such Collateral or the enforceability, validity, perfection or priority of the Liens in such Collateral, in each case taken as a whole in any material respect, and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 60 days after written
notice thereof by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, or (b) any security interest created under the Security Documents or under this Indenture is declared invalid or unenforceable by a court
of competent jurisdiction or (y) the Issuer or any of the Guarantors asserts, in any pleading in any court of competent jurisdiction, that any security interest in any Collateral is invalid or unenforceable. 

The term “Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

 The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Event of Default and shall not have any duty or responsibility in
respect thereof unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has received written notice of such Event of Default or has actual knowledge of such Event of Default. Delivery of reports, information and documents to the Trustee under
Section 4.3 is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of the foregoing shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the
Issuer’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder or the existence of an Event of Default (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates, except as otherwise provided herein). 

SECTION 6.2 Acceleration. 
 If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (8) of Section 6.1 with respect to the Issuer) occurs and is continuing, then and in every such case the Trustee or the
Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may declare the principal of the Notes and any accrued interest on the Notes to be due and payable immediately by a notice in writing to the Issuer (and to the
Trustee if given by Holders); provided, however, that after such acceleration, but before a judgment or decree based on acceleration, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may, under certain
circumstances, rescind and annul such acceleration if all Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of accelerated principal of or interest on the Notes, have been cured or waived as provided in this Indenture. 

In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes solely because an Event of Default described in clause (6) of
Section 6.1 has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically rescinded and annulled if the event of default or payment default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to clause (6) of
Section 6.1 shall be remedied or cured by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or waived by the holders of the relevant Debt within 20 Business Days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and if the rescission and annulment
of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Trustee for the payment of amounts due on the Notes. 

  
 -56-

 If an Event of Default specified in clause (8) of Section 6.1 occurs with respect
to the Issuer, the principal of and any accrued interest on the Notes then outstanding shall ipso facto become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. The Trustee may withhold from
Holders notice of any Default (except Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest) if the Trustee determines that withholding notice is in the interests of the Holders to do so. 

SECTION 6.3 Other Remedies. 
 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest on the
Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes, this Indenture and the Security Documents. 
 The Trustee may
maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not
impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 
 SECTION 6.4 Waiver of Past Defaults. 
 The Holders of not less than a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes waive any past default under this Indenture and its consequences, except a default: 

(i) in any payment in respect of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Notes (including any Note which
is required to have been purchased pursuant to an Offer to Purchase which has been made by the Issuer), or 

(ii) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under this Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the
consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected. 
 SECTION 6.5 Control by Majority. 

Subject to the terms of the Security Documents and Section 7.2(f), the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust power conferred on it. However, (i) the Trustee may refuse to follow any
direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture, that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability, and (ii) the Trustee may take any other action
deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction. 
 SECTION 6.6 Limitation on Suits.

 A Holder may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes only if: 

(a) the Holder gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default or the Trustee receives such notice
from the Issuer; 
 (b) the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes
make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy; 
 (c) such Holder or Holders, provide to the Trustee
indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense; 
 (d) the Trustee does
not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the provision of such indemnity; and 

  
 -57-

 (e) during such 60-day period the Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request. 
 A Holder
may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder. 
 SECTION 6.7 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment. 
 Notwithstanding
any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring
suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 
 SECTION 6.8 Collection Suit by Trustee. 
 If an Event of Default specified
in Section 6.1(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer for the whole amount of principal of, premium and interest
remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel. 
 SECTION 6.9 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

 The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order
to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer (or any
other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other securities or property payable or deliverable upon the conversion or exchange of the Notes or on
any such claims and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to
pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7 hereof. To the extent that the payment
of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason,
payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under
any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or
composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 
 SECTION 6.10 Priorities. 
 Subject to the terms of the Security Documents,
any money collected by the Trustee (or received by the Trustee from the Collateral Agent under any Security Documents) pursuant to this Article VI and any money or other property distributable in respect of the Issuer’s obligations under this
Indenture after an Event of Default shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, upon presentation
of the Notes and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid: 
 First: to the Trustee (including any predecessor Trustee) and Collateral Agent, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.7 hereof, including payment of all reasonable compensation,
expense and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee or Collateral Agent and the costs and expenses of collection; 

  
 -58-

 Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for
principal, premium, if any, and interest ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest respectively; and 

Third: to the Issuer or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct. 

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10. 

SECTION 6.11 Undertaking for Costs. 
 In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the
filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due
regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.7 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10%
in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. 
 ARTICLE VII 

TRUSTEE 

SECTION 7.1 Duties of Trustee. 
 (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and the Security Documents, and use the same degree of
care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs. 
 (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 
 (i) the
duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations
shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 
 (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the
Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee
shall be under a duty to examine the certificates and opinions specifically required to be furnished to it to determine whether or not they conform on their face to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy
of mathematical calculations or other facts or conclusions stated therein). 
 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from
liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraphs (b) or (e) of this Section 7.1; 
 (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent
facts; and 

  
 -59-

 (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or
omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.5 hereof or otherwise in accordance with the direction of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of outstanding Notes relating to the time,
method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, under this Indenture or the Security Documents. 

(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture or any provision of any Security Document that in any
way relates to the Trustee or the Collateral Agent is subject to Sections 7.1 and 7.2 hereof. 
 (e) No provision of this
Indenture or the Security Documents shall require the Trustee or the Collateral Agent to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall be under no obligation to exercise any of their rights and
powers under this Indenture or the Security Documents at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee and/or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss,
liability or expense which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. 
 (f) The Trustee shall not be
liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

SECTION 7.2 Rights of Trustee. 
 (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting on any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper
Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in any such document. 
 (b) Before the Trustee acts or
refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of
Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel of the Trustee’s own choosing and the Trustee shall be fully protected from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance on the advice
or opinion of such counsel or on any Opinion of Counsel. 
 (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall
not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any attorney or agent appointed with due care. 
 (d) The Trustee shall
not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. Any request or direction of the Issuer mentioned herein shall be sufficiently
evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution. Whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved
or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, conclusively rely upon an Officers’ Certificate.

 (e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuer or a
Guarantor shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Issuer or such Guarantor. 
 (f) The Trustee shall be under no
obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee
against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. 

  
 -60-

 (g) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters
stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or documents, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may
make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine during normal business hours the books,
records and premises of the Issuer or any Guarantor, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer, and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation. 

(h) The rights, privileges, protections and benefits given to the Trustee, including its rights to be indemnified, are extended to, and
shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and to each agent, custodian and other Persons employed to act hereunder or under any Security Document (including the Collateral Agent). 

(i) The Trustee may request that the Issuer deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of
officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers’ Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officers’ Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in
any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded. 
 (j) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any
Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and
such notice references the Securities and this Indenture. 
 (k) The permissive right of the Trustee to take or refrain from
taking any actions enumerated in this Indenture or any Security Document shall not be construed as a duty. 
 SECTION 7.3
Individual Rights of Trustee. 
 The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of
Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11
hereof. 
 SECTION 7.4 Trustee’s Disclaimer. 

Neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent shall be responsible for or make any representation as to the validity or adequacy of this
Indenture or the Notes, or the existence, genuineness, value or protection of any Collateral (except for the safe custody of Collateral in its possession actually received by it in accordance with the terms hereof) for the legality, effectiveness or
sufficiency of any Security Document, or for the creation, perfection, priority, sufficiency or protection of any Lien in the Collateral, and neither shall be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to
the Issuer or upon the Issuer’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, neither shall be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any
statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes, any statement or recital in any document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication on the Notes.

 SECTION 7.5 Notice of Defaults. 
 If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders a notice of the Default within 90 days after knowledge by the
Trustee. Except in the case of a Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests
of the Holders. 

  
 -61-

 SECTION 7.6 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes. 

Within 60 days after each March 1 beginning with the March 1, 2013, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee
shall mail to the Holders a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report
need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA § 313(b). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA § 313(c). 
 SECTION 7.7 Compensation and Indemnity. 
 The Issuer and the Guarantors,
jointly and severally, shall pay to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent from time to time such compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as the Issuer and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing. The
Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it
in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel. 
 The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee and the Collateral Agent (which for purposes of this Section 7.7 shall include its officers, directors, stockholders,
employees and agents) against any and all claims, damage, losses, liabilities or expenses including taxes (other than taxes based upon, measured by or determined by the income of the Trustee) incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the
acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuer (including this Section 7.7) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Issuer
or any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder except to the extent any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense shall be determined to have been caused
by its own negligence or willful misconduct. The Trustee (or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be) shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee (or the Collateral Agent, as the case may
be) to so notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer of their obligations hereunder. The Issuer shall defend the claim and the Trustee (or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be) shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee (or the Collateral
Agent, as the case may be) may have one separate counsel, but at the Trustee’s (or the Collateral Agent’s, as the case may be) expense unless the named parties in any such proceeding (including impleaded parties) include both the Issuer
and the Trustee (or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be) and in the reasonable judgment of the Trustee (or Collateral Agent, as the case may be) representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or
potential differing or conflicting interests between them. The Issuer need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. 

To secure the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in this Section 7.7, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall
have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, except that held in trust to pay principal or interest, if any, on particular Notes. 

In addition, and without prejudice to the rights provided to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent under any of the provisions of this
Indenture, when the Trustee or the Collateral Agent incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(8) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of
its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law. 

“Trustee” for the purposes of this Section 7.7 shall include any predecessor Trustee and the Trustee in each of its
capacities hereunder and each agent, custodian and other person employed to act hereunder or under any Security Document; provided, however, that the negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of any Trustee hereunder shall not affect
the rights of any other Trustee hereunder. 
 The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 313(b)(2) to the
extent applicable. 

  
 -62-

 The provisions of this Section 7.7, including the obligations of the Issuer and the
Guarantors hereunder, shall survive the satisfaction and discharge or termination for any reason of this Indenture or the resignation or removal of the Trustee or the Collateral Agent. 

SECTION 7.8 Replacement of Trustee. 
 A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.8.

 The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuer. The
Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuer in writing. The Issuer may remove the Trustee if: 

(a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof; 

(b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under
any Bankruptcy Law; 
 (c) a Custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

 (d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a
successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer.

 If a successor Trustee does not take office within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring
Trustee, the Issuer or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10
hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
 A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective,
and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and the duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to the Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property
held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, provided that all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.7 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this
Section 7.8, the Issuer’s obligations under and the Lien provided for in Section 7.7 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
 SECTION 7.9 Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc. 
 If the Trustee or any Agent
consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another Person, the successor Person without any further act shall be the successor Trustee or any Agent, as applicable. 

SECTION 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification. 
 There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws
to exercise corporate trust power and that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities. The Trustee together with its Affiliates shall at all times have a combined capital surplus of at least $50.0 million as set forth
in its most recent annual report of condition. 

  
 -63-

 This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA
§§ 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA § 310(b) including the provision in § 310(b)(1); provided that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA § 310(b)(1) any
indenture or indentures under which other securities, or certificates of interest or participation in other securities, of the Issuer or the Guarantors are outstanding if the requirements for exclusion set forth in TIA § 310(b)(1) are met.

 SECTION 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer. 

The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has
resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein. 
 SECTION 7.12
Trustee’s Application for Instructions from the Issuer. 
 Any application by the Trustee for written instructions
from the Issuer may, at the option of the Trustee, set forth in writing any action proposed to be taken or omitted by the Trustee under this Indenture and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken or such omission shall be effective.
The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken by, or omission of, the Trustee in accordance with a proposal included in such application on or after the date specified in such application (which date shall not be less than twenty Business
Days after the date any officer of the Issuer actually receives such application, unless any such officer shall have consented in writing to any earlier date) unless prior to taking any such action (or the effective date in the case of an omission),
the Trustee shall have received written instructions in response to such application specifying the action to be taken or omitted. 
 SECTION 7.13 Limitation of Liability. 
 In no event shall the Trustee, in
its capacity as such or as Collateral Agent, Paying Agent or Registrar or in any other capacity hereunder, be liable for indirect, special or consequential losses or damages of any kind whatsoever, including but not limited to lost profits, even if
the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action. The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising
out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including acts of God; earthquakes; fire; flood; terrorism; wars and other military disturbances; sabotage; epidemics; riots; interruptions; loss or
malfunctions of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or communication services; accidents; labor disputes; acts of civil or military authority and governmental action. The provisions of this Section 7.13 shall survive satisfaction and
discharge or the termination for any reason of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee. 
 SECTION 7.14
Collateral Agent. 
 The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including its
right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Collateral Agent as if the Collateral Agent were named as the Trustee herein and the Security Documents were named as this Indenture herein. 

SECTION 7.15 Co-Trustees; Separate Trustee; Collateral Agent. 

At any time or times, for the purpose of meeting the legal requirements of any jurisdiction in which any of the Collateral may at the time
be located, the Issuer, the Collateral Agent and the Trustee shall have power to appoint, and, upon the written request of (i) the Trustee or the Collateral Agent or (ii) the holders of at least 25% of the outstanding principal amount at
maturity of the Notes, the Issuer shall for such purpose join with the Trustee in the execution, delivery and performance of all instruments and agreements necessary or proper to appoint, one or more Persons approved by the Trustee either to act as
co-trustee, jointly with the Trustee, or to act as separate trustee, co-collateral agent, sub-collateral agent or separate collateral agent of any such property, in either case with such powers as may be provided in the instrument of appointment,
and to vest in such Person or Persons in the capacity aforesaid, any property, title, right or power deemed necessary or desirable, subject to the other provisions of this Section 7.15. 

  
 -64-

 
If the Issuer does not join in such appointment within 15 days after the receipt by it of a request so to do, or in case an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee or the
Collateral Agent alone shall have power to make such appointment. 
 Should any written instrument from the Issuer be requested
by any co-trustee or separate trustee or co-collateral agent, sub-collateral agent or separate collateral agent so appointed for more fully confirming to such co-trustee or separate trustee such property, title, right or power, any and all such
instruments shall, on request of such co-trustee or separate trustee or separate collateral agent, be executed, acknowledged and delivered by the Issuer. 
 Any co-trustee, separate trustee or co-collateral agent, sub-collateral agent or separate collateral agent shall agree in writing to be and shall be subject to the provisions of the applicable Security
Documents as if it were the Trustee thereunder (and the Trustee shall continue to be so subject). 
 Every co-trustee or
separate trustee or co-collateral agent, sub-collateral agent or separate collateral agent shall, to the extent permitted by law, but to such extent only, be appointed subject to the following terms, namely: 

(a) The Notes shall be authenticated and delivered, and all rights, powers, duties and obligations hereunder in respect of
the custody of securities, cash and other personal property held by, or required to be deposited or pledged with, the Trustee hereunder, shall be exercised solely, by the Trustee. 

(b) The rights, powers, duties and obligations hereby conferred or imposed upon the Trustee in respect of any property
covered by such appointment shall be conferred or imposed upon and exercised or performed by the Trustee or by the Trustee and such co-trustee or separate trustee jointly, or by the Trustee and such co-collateral agent, sub-collateral agent or
separate collateral agent jointly as shall be provided in the instrument appointing such co-trustee, separate trustee or separate collateral agent, except to the extent that under any law of any jurisdiction in which any particular act is to be
performed, the Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified to perform such act, in which event such rights, powers, duties and obligations shall be exercised and performed by such co-trustee, separate trustee or co-collateral agent, sub-collateral
agent or separate collateral agent. 
 (c) The Trustee at any time, by an instrument in writing executed by it,
with the concurrence of the Issuer, may accept the resignation of or remove any co-trustee, separate trustee or co-collateral agent, sub-collateral agent or separate collateral agent appointed under this Section 7.15, and, in case an Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall have power to accept the resignation of, or remove, any such co-trustee, separate trustee or co-collateral agent, sub-collateral agent or separate collateral agent without the concurrence of
the Issuer. Upon the written request of the Trustee, the Issuer shall join with the Trustee in the execution, delivery and performance of all instruments and agreements necessary or proper to effectuate such resignation or removal. A successor to
any co-trustee, separate trustee or co-collateral agent, sub-collateral agent or separate collateral agent so resigned or removed may be appointed in the manner provided in this Section 7.15. 

(d) No co-trustee, separate trustee or co-collateral agent, sub-collateral agent or separate collateral agent hereunder
shall be liable by reason of any act or omission of the Trustee, or any other such trustee, co-trustee, separate trustee, co-collateral agent, sub-collateral agent or separate collateral agent hereunder. 

(e) The Trustee shall not be liable by reason of any act or omission of any co-trustee, separate trustee, co-collateral
agent, sub-collateral agent or separate collateral agent. 
 (f) Any act of holders delivered to the Trustee
shall be deemed to have been delivered to each such co-trustee, separate trustee or co-collateral agent, sub-collateral agent or separate collateral agent, as the case may be. 

  
 -65-

	SECTION 7.16	 	Limitation on Duty of Trustee and Collateral Agent in Respect of Collateral; Indemnification. 

(a) Beyond the exercise of reasonable care in the custody thereof, neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent shall have
any duty as to any Collateral in its possession or control or in the possession or control of any agent or bailee or any income thereon or as to preservation of rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining thereto and neither the
Trustee nor the Collateral Agent shall have any responsibility for filing any financing or continuation statements or recording any documents or instruments in any public office at any time or times or otherwise perfecting or maintaining the
perfection of any security interest in the Collateral. Each of the Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody of the Collateral in its possession if the Collateral is accorded treatment
substantially equal to that which it accords its own property and neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent shall be liable or responsible for any loss or diminution in the value of any of the Collateral, by reason of the act or omission of any
carrier, forwarding agency or other agent or bailee selected by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent in good faith. 
 (b) Neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent shall be responsible for the existence, genuineness or value of any of the Collateral or for the validity, perfection, priority or enforceability of the
Liens in any of the Collateral, whether impaired by operation of law or by reason of any action or omission to act on its part hereunder, except to the extent such action or omission constitutes gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on
the part of the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, for the validity or sufficiency of the Collateral or any agreement or assignment contained therein, for the validity of the title of the Issuer or any Guarantor to the Collateral,
for insuring the Collateral or for the payment of taxes, charges, assessments or Liens upon the Collateral or otherwise as to the maintenance of the Collateral. Neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent shall have any duty to ascertain or inquire
as to the performance or observance of any of the terms of this Indenture, the Pledge and Security Agreement, or any other Security Document by the Issuer, the Guarantors, the holders of any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations or any other
Person. 
 ARTICLE VIII 
 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 
 SECTION 8.1 Option to Effect Legal
Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
 The Issuer may, at the option of their Boards of Directors evidenced by a Board
Resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, at any time, elect to have either Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article VIII. 

SECTION 8.2 Legal Defeasance. 
 Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.1 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.2, the Issuer shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in
Section 8.4 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “legal defeasance”). For this purpose,
legal defeasance means that the Issuer shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Debt represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.5 hereof
and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all of its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on written demand of and at the expense of the Issuer,
shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (a) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect
of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to in Section 8.4(l); (b) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Sections 2.2, 2.3, 2.4,
2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.10 and 4.2 hereof; (c) the rights, powers, trusts, benefits and immunities of the Trustee, including under Section 7.7, 8.5 and 8.7 hereof and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith; (d) the
Issuer’s rights pursuant to Section 3.7; and (e) the provisions of this Article VIII. Subject to compliance with this Article VIII, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.2 notwithstanding the prior exercise of
its option under Section 8.3 hereof. 

  
 -66-

 SECTION 8.3 Covenant Defeasance. 

Upon the Issuer’s and the Guarantors, if applicable, exercise under Section 8.1 hereof of the option applicable to this
Section 8.3, the Issuer and the Guarantors, if applicable, shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof, be released from its obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.3, 4.4, 4.7, 4.8,
4.9, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.14, 4.15, 4.16, 4.17, 4.18, 4.19 and 5.1 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “covenant defeasance” and, together with
legal defeasance, “defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in
connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, covenant
defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuer or any of the Subsidiaries may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly
or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or
an Event of Default under Section 6.1 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.1 hereof of the option
applicable to this Section 8.3, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof, Sections 6.1(3), (4), (5), (6), (7) and (9) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default. 

SECTION 8.4 Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 

The following shall be the conditions to the ability of the Issuer and the Guarantors to effect legal defeasance or covenant defeasance
with respect to the outstanding Notes: 
 In order to exercise either legal defeasance or covenant defeasance: 

(1) the Issuer must irrevocably have deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for the
purpose of making the following payments, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to the benefits of the Holders of such Notes: (A) money in an amount, or (B) U.S. government obligations which through the scheduled
payment of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide, not later than the due date of any payment, money in an amount or (C) a combination thereof, in each case sufficient without reinvestment, in the
opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, and which shall be applied by the Trustee to pay and discharge, the entire
indebtedness in respect of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such Notes on the Stated Maturity thereof or (if the Issuer has made irrevocable arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the
Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer) the redemption date thereof, as the case may be, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and such Notes; 

(2) in the case of legal defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that
(A) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (B) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable United States federal income tax law, in either case
(A) or (B) to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion shall confirm that, the Holders of such Notes will not recognize gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes as a result of the deposit, defeasance and discharge
to be effected with respect to such Notes and will be subject to United States federal income tax on the same amount, in the same manner and at the same times as would be the case if such deposit, defeasance and discharge were not to occur;

 (3) in the case of covenant defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel
to the effect that the Holders of such outstanding Notes will not recognize gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes as a result of the deposit and covenant defeasance to be effected with respect to such Notes and will be subject
to federal income tax on the same amount, in the same manner and at the same times as would be the case if such deposit and covenant defeasance were not to occur; 

  
 -67-

 (4) no Default or Event of Default with respect to the outstanding Notes
shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such deposit after giving effect thereto (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien to secure such
borrowing); 
 (5) such legal defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or
constitute a default under, any material agreement or material instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer is a party or by which the Issuer is bound; and 

(6) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating
that all conditions precedent with respect to such legal defeasance or covenant defeasance have been complied with. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Opinion of Counsel required by clause (2) above with respect to a legal defeasance need not to be
delivered if all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (x) have become due and payable, or (y) will become due and payable at Stated Maturity within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the
giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer. 
  

	SECTION 8.5	 	Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. 

Subject to Section 8.6 hereof, all money and non-callable U.S. government obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with
the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.5, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.4 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust, shall not be invested, and
applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer or any Subsidiary acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to
the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or
non-callable U.S. government obligations deposited pursuant to Section 8.4 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the
outstanding Notes. 
 Anything in this Article VIII to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the
Issuer from time to time upon the written request of the Issuer and be relieved of all liability with respect to any money or non-callable U.S. government obligations held by it as provided in Section 8.4 hereof which, in the opinion of a
nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.4(1) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would
then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent legal defeasance or covenant defeasance. 
 SECTION 8.6 Repayment
to Issuer. 
 Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment
of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest, if any, on any Note and remaining unclaimed for one year after such principal and premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on its written request or (if
then held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with
respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such

  
 -68-

 
repayment, may at the expense of the Issuer cause to be published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains
unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining shall be repaid to the Issuer. 

SECTION 8.7 Reinstatement. 
 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or non-callable U.S. government obligations in accordance with Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of
any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit
had occurred pursuant to Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that,
if the Issuer makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the
money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
 SECTION 8.8 Discharge. 

The Issuer and the Guarantors may terminate the obligations under this Indenture and the Security Documents (a
“Discharge”) when: 
 (1) either: (A) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered
have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, or (B) all such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (i) have become due and payable or (ii) will become due and payable within one year or are to be
called for redemption within one year under irrevocable arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and the Issuer has irrevocably deposited or caused
to be deposited with the Trustee funds in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes, not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal of, premium, if any, and interest to the Stated
Maturity or date of redemption; 
 (2) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all other sums then due and
payable under this Indenture by the Issuer; 
 (3) the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or
constitute a default under, any other material instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer or any of the Guarantors is a party or by which the Issuer or any of the Guarantors is bound; 

(4) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money
toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or on the redemption date, as the case may be; and 
 (5) the Issuer
has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, each stating that all conditions precedent under this Indenture relating to the Discharge and any redemption, if applicable,
have been complied with. 
 ARTICLE IX 
 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 
 SECTION 9.1 Without Consent of Holders of
the Notes. 
 Notwithstanding Section 9.2 of this Indenture, without the consent of any Holders, the Issuer, the
Guarantors, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental to this Indenture, the Guarantees and the Security Documents for any of the following purposes: 

(1) to evidence the succession of another Person to the Issuer or any of the Guarantors and the assumption by any such
successor of the covenants of the Issuer or such Guarantor in this Indenture, the Guarantees, the Security Documents and the Notes; 

  
 -69-

 (2) to add to the covenants of the Issuer for the benefit of the Holders, or
to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Issuer; 
 (3) to add additional Events of Default;

 (4) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of the Certificated Notes; 

(5) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment under this Indenture and the Security Documents by a
successor Trustee or Collateral Agent; 
 (6) to provide for or confirm the issuance of Additional Notes in
accordance with the terms of this Indenture; 
 (7) to add to the Collateral securing the Notes, to add a
Guarantor or to release a Guarantor and Collateral in accordance with this Indenture; 
 (8) to cure any
ambiguity, defect, omission, mistake or inconsistency; provided that any such change shall not adversely affect the Holders; 
 (9) to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture; provided that such actions pursuant to this clause shall not adversely affect the interests of
the Holders in any material respect, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer; 
 (10)
to conform the text of this Indenture, the Security Documents or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Notes” in the Offering Memorandum; 
 (11) to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant any other Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee on behalf of the Holders of the Notes, as additional security for the payment
and performance of all or any portion of the Obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the Security Documents, in any property or assets, including any which are required to be mortgaged, pledged or hypothecated, or in which a Lien is required
to be granted to or for the benefit of the Trustee or the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Indenture, any of the Security Documents or otherwise; 
 (12) to provide for the release of Collateral from the Lien of this Indenture and the Security Documents or subordinate to such Lien when permitted or required by the Security Documents or this Indenture;
or 
 (13) to enter into or amend the Intercreditor Agreement and/or the Security Documents (or supplement the
Intercreditor Agreement and/or the Security Documents) under circumstances provided therein including (x) if the Issuer incurs First Lien Obligations and/or Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations and (y) in connection with the
refinancing of the Revolving Credit Agreement and to secure any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations under the Security Documents and to appropriately include any of the foregoing in the Intercreditor Agreement and Security Documents.

 SECTION 9.2 With Consent of Holders of Notes. 

(a) With the consent of (i) the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, the
Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental to this Indenture (together with the other consents required thereby) for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating
any of the provisions of this Indenture or the Notes or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Notes under this Indenture, including the definitions herein, and (ii) the holders

  
 -70-

 
of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes and the Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, voting as one class, the Issuer, the Guarantors, the
Trustee and the Collateral Agent may amend or otherwise modify in any manner the Security Documents or the obligations thereunder, including, without limitation, as to property that constitutes less than all or substantially all of the Collateral,
release the Lien on such Collateral; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture, modification or amendment shall, without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby: 

(1) change the Stated Maturity of any Note or of any installment of interest on any Note, or reduce the amount payable in
respect of the principal thereof or the rate of interest thereon or any premium payable thereon, or reduce the amount that would be due and payable on acceleration of the maturity thereof, or change the place of payment where, or the coin or
currency in which, any Note or any premium or interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after the Stated Maturity thereof, or change the date on which any Notes may be subject to
redemption or reduce the Redemption Price therefor, 
 (2) reduce the percentage in aggregate principal amount of
the outstanding Notes, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture or amendment, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver (of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or certain defaults
hereunder and their consequences) provided for in this Indenture, 
 (3) modify the obligations of the Issuer to
make Offers to Purchase upon a Change of Control or from the Excess Proceeds of Asset Sales or Excess Proceeds from an Event of Loss if such modification was done after the occurrence of such Change of Control, or after the obligation to make an
Asset Sale Offer has arisen, as applicable; provided that prior to the occurrence of a Change Control, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may waive the requirement to make or complete an
Offer to Purchase, 
 (4) subordinate, in right of payment, the Notes to any other Debt of the Issuer,

 (5) modify any of the provisions of this Section 9.2 or provisions of Section 6.4 of this Indenture
relating to waivers of past payment defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal or premium, if any, on the Notes, except to increase any such percentage required for such actions or to provide that certain other
provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby, or 
 (6) release any Guarantees required to be maintained under this Indenture (other than in accordance with the terms of this Indenture). 

(b) In addition, any amendment to, or waiver of, the provisions of this Indenture or any Security Document that has
the effect of releasing all or substantially all of the Collateral from the Liens securing the Notes other than in accordance with this Indenture and the Security Documents or modifying the Intercreditor Agreement in any manner adverse in any
material respect to the Holders of the Notes will require the consent of the Holders of at least 66 2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Additional Notes) then outstanding, voting as one class. 

SECTION 9.3 Revocation and Effect of Consents. 
 Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Note or portion of the Note that
evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on the Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of
revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. When an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms, it thereafter binds every Holder. 

  
 -71-

 The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for determining which
Holders consent to such amendment, supplement or waiver. If the Issuer fixes a record date, the record date shall be fixed at (i) the later of 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or the date of the most recent list of
Holders furnished for the Trustee prior to such solicitation pursuant to Section 2.5 hereof or (ii) such other date as the Issuer shall designate. 
 SECTION 9.4 Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 
 The Trustee may place an
appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuer in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

 Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment,
supplement or waiver. 
 After any amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to Holders a notice
briefly describing such amendment, supplement or waiver. The failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 SECTION 9.5 Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc. 
 The Trustee shall sign any
amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Issuer and the Guarantors may not sign an amendment
or supplemental indenture until their respective Boards of Directors approve it. In signing or refusing to sign any amendment or supplemental indenture the Trustee shall receive and (subject to Section 7.1 hereof) shall be fully protected in
relying upon an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amendment or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture, that all conditions precedent thereto have been met or waived
and that such amendment or supplemental indenture is not inconsistent herewith. 
 ARTICLE X 

SECURITY 

SECTION 10.1 Security Documents; Additional Collateral. 
 (a) Security Documents. In order to secure the due and punctual payment of the Obligations, the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Collateral Agent and the other parties thereto have simultaneously with
the execution of this Indenture entered or, in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.17, Section 4.19 and this Article X will enter into the Security Documents. 

(b) Post-Closing Collateral. The Issuer and the Guarantors will take the actions required by Section 4.10 (Post-Closing
Collateral Matters) of the Security Agreement. 
 SECTION 10.2 Recording, Registration and Opinions. 

Any release of Collateral permitted or required by Section 10.3 hereof or the Security Documents will be deemed not to impair the
Liens under this Indenture and the Security Documents in contravention thereof and any Person that is required to deliver a certificate or opinion under this Indenture or the Security Documents, shall be entitled to rely upon the foregoing as a
basis for delivery of such certificate or opinion. The Trustee may, to the extent permitted by Sections 7.1 and 7.2 hereof, accept as conclusive evidence of compliance with the foregoing provisions the appropriate statements contained in such
documents and opinion. 

  
 -72-

	SECTION 10.3	 	Releases of Collateral. 

The Liens securing the Notes and the Note Guarantees will, automatically and without the need for any further action by any Person be
released: 
 (a) in whole or in part, with the consent of the requisite holders in accordance with
Article IX, including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, Notes; 
 (b) in whole, upon: 
 (i) Discharge of this Indenture under
Section 8.8 hereof; or 
 (ii) a legal defeasance or covenant defeasance of this Indenture under
Article VIII hereof; 
 (iii) upon payment in full of principal, interest and all other Obligations
on the Notes issued under this Indenture; 
 (c) in whole or in part and in accordance with the Intercreditor
Agreement, in connection with a sale or other disposition of the Collateral 
 (i) in connection with an
Enforcement Action (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) by the First Lien Agent; 
 (ii) any disposition
of Collateral to a person other than the Issuer or a Guarantor permitted under the First Lien Documents as in effect on the Issue Date, other than in connection with a Discharge of First Lien Obligations or after and during the continuance of any
Event of Default; 
 (iii) consented to by the First Lien Agent after the occurrence of an event of default
under the First Lien Credit Documents in connection with good faith efforts by First Lien Agent to collect the First Lien Obligations through the disposition of Collateral with the net cash proceeds of such disposition being used to permanently
retire First Lien Obligations and cause the related loan commitment (if any) to be permanently reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so repaid; provided that, in each case, the First Lien Agent has released its Liens on the applicable
Collateral; 
 (d) in part, as to any asset constituting Collateral 

(i) that is sold or otherwise disposed of by the Issuer or any of the Guarantors (other than any such sale to the Issuer
or a Guarantor) in a transaction permitted under Section 4.10 and the Security Documents (to the extent of the interest sold or disposed of) or otherwise permitted by this Indenture and the Security Documents, if all other Liens on that asset
securing the First Lien Obligations and any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations then secured by that asset (including all commitments thereunder) are released (other than in connection with a Discharge of First Lien Obligations or after and
during the continuance of an Event of Default); 
 (ii) that is cash withdrawn from deposit accounts for the
benefit of a person other than the Issuer or a Guarantor for any purpose not prohibited under this Indenture or the Security Documents; 
 (iii) that is a Capital Interest of a Subsidiary of the Company to the extent necessary for such Subsidiary not to be subject to any requirement pursuant to Rule 3-16 or Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X under
the Exchange Act, due to the fact that such Subsidiary’s Capital Interest secures the Notes or Guarantees, to file separate financial statements with the Commission (or any other governmental agency); 

  
 -73-

 (iv) that is used to make a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment
permitted by this Indenture to the extent such Collateral is transferred to a person other than the Issuer or a Guarantor; 
 (v) that becomes Excluded Property (as defined in the Security Agreement); or 
 (vi) that is otherwise released in accordance with, and as expressly provided for in accordance with, this Indenture and the Security Documents. 

 

	SECTION 10.4	 	Form and Sufficiency of Release. 

 In the event that either the Issuer or any Guarantor has sold, exchanged, or otherwise disposed of or proposes to sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of any portion of the Collateral that, under the terms
of this Indenture may be sold, exchanged or otherwise disposed of by the Issuer or any Guarantor, and the Issuer or such Guarantor requests the Trustee to furnish a written disclaimer, release or quitclaim of any interest in such property under this
Indenture, the applicable Guarantee and the Security Documents, upon receipt of an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such release complies with Section 10.3 and specifying the provision in Section 10.3
pursuant to which such release is being made (upon which the Trustee may exclusively and conclusively rely), the Trustee shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Issuer or such Guarantor (or instruct the Collateral Agent to do the same) such an
instrument in the form provided by the Issuer, and providing for release without recourse (other than with respect to Liens attributable to it) and shall take such other action as the Issuer or such Guarantor may reasonably request and as necessary
to effect such release. Before executing, acknowledging or delivering any such instrument, the Trustee shall be furnished with an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (on which the Trustee shall be entitled to conclusively and
exclusively rely) each stating that such release is authorized and permitted by the terms hereof and the Security Documents and that all conditions precedent with respect to such release have been complied with. 

 

	SECTION 10.5	 	Possession and Use of Collateral. 

 Subject to the provisions of the Security Documents, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall have the right to remain in possession and retain exclusive control of and to exercise all rights with respect to
the Collateral (other than monies or U.S. government obligations deposited pursuant to Article VIII, and other than as set forth in the Security Documents and this Indenture), to operate, manage, develop, lease, use, consume and enjoy the
Collateral (other than monies and U.S. government obligations deposited pursuant to Article VIII and other than as set forth in the Security Documents and this Indenture), to alter or repair any Collateral so long as such alterations and
repairs do not impair the creation or perfection of the Lien of the Security Documents thereon, and to collect, receive, use, invest and dispose of the reversions, remainders, interest, rents, lease payments, issues, profits, revenues, proceeds and
other income thereof. 
  

	SECTION 10.6	 	Purchaser Protected. 

 No
purchaser or grantee of any property or rights purporting to be released shall be bound to ascertain the authority of the Trustee to execute the release or to inquire as to the existence of any conditions herein prescribed for the exercise of such
authority so long as the conditions set forth in Section 10.4 have been satisfied. 
  

	SECTION 10.7	 	Authorization of Actions to Be Taken by the Collateral Agent Under the Security Documents. 

In acting hereunder and under the Security Documents, the Holders, the Issuer and the Guarantors agree that the Collateral Agent shall be
entitled to the rights, privileges, protections, immunities, indemnities and benefits provided to the Trustee hereunder as if such were provided to the Collateral Agent. Furthermore, each Holder of a Note, by accepting such Note, appoints The Bank
of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. as its collateral agent, and consents to the terms of and authorizes and directs the Trustee (in each of its capacities) and the Collateral Agent to enter into and perform the Security Documents in each of its
capacities thereunder. 

  
 -74-

	SECTION 10.8	 	Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Security Agreement. 

Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, the Trustee is authorized to receive any funds for the benefit of Holders distributed
under the Security Documents to the Trustee, to apply such funds as provided in this Indenture and the Security Documents. 
  

	SECTION 10.9	 	Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Collateral Agent. 

 In case the Collateral shall be in the possession of a receiver or trustee, lawfully appointed, the powers conferred in this Article X upon the Issuer or any Guarantor, as applicable, with respect
to the release, sale or other disposition of such property may be exercised by such receiver or trustee, and an instrument signed by such receiver or trustee shall be deemed the equivalent of any similar instrument of the Issuer or any Guarantor, as
applicable, or of any officer or officers thereof required by the provisions of this Article X. 
  

	SECTION 10.10	 	Appointment and Authorization of The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. Trust as Collateral Agent. 

(a) The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. is hereby designated and appointed as the Collateral Agent of the Holders under the
Security Documents, and is authorized and directed as the Collateral Agent for such Holders to execute and enter into each of the Security Documents and all other instruments relating to the Security Documents and (i) to take action and
exercise such powers as are expressly required or permitted hereunder and under the Security Documents and all instruments relating hereto and thereto and (ii) to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are in each case, expressly
delegated to the Collateral Agent by the terms hereof and thereof together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental hereto and thereto. 
 (b) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Indenture or the Security Documents, the Collateral Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth
herein or therein or any fiduciary relationship with any Holder, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Indenture or any Security Document or otherwise exist against the
Collateral Agent. 
 (c) The Collateral Agent may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice or opinion of such
counsel as to matters of law shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder or under the Security Documents in good faith and in accordance with the advice
or opinion of such counsel. 
 ARTICLE XI 
 NOTE GUARANTEES 
  

	SECTION 11.1	 	Note Guarantees. 

 (a)
Each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the Notes and obligations of the Issuer hereunder and thereunder, and guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the
Trustee on behalf of such Holder, that: (i) the principal of and premium, if any and interest on the Notes shall be paid in full when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise (including the amount that
would become due but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code), together with interest on the overdue principal, if any, and interest on any overdue interest, to the extent lawful, and all other
obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder shall be paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any
Notes or of any such other obligations, the same shall be paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Each of the Note Guarantees shall be a
guarantee of payment and not of collection. 

  
 -75-

 (b) Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional,
irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any
judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor. 

(c) Each Guarantor hereby waives the benefits of diligence, presentment, demand for payment, filing of claims with a court in the event
of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer or any other Person, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor shall not be discharged as
to any Note except by complete performance of the obligations contained in such Note and such Note Guarantee or as provided for in this Indenture. Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that, in the event of a default in payment of principal or
premium, if any or interest on such Note, whether at its Stated Maturity, by acceleration, call for redemption, purchase or otherwise, legal proceedings may be instituted by the Trustee on behalf of, or by, the Holder of such Note, subject to the
terms and conditions set forth in this Indenture, directly against each of the Guarantors to enforce such Guarantor’s Note Guarantee without first proceeding against the Issuer or any other Guarantor. Each Guarantor agrees that if, after the
occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Trustee or any of the Holders are prevented by applicable law from exercising their respective rights to accelerate the maturity of the Notes, to collect interest on the Notes, or to
enforce or exercise any other right or remedy with respect to the Notes, such Guarantor shall pay to the Trustee for the account of the Holders, upon demand therefor, the amount that would otherwise have been due and payable had such rights and
remedies been permitted to be exercised by the Trustee or any of the Holders. 
 (d) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by
any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer or any Guarantor, or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to the Issuer or any Guarantor, any amount paid by any of them to the Trustee or such Holder, the
Note Guarantee of each of the Guarantors, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. This paragraph (d) shall remain effective notwithstanding any contrary action which may be taken by the Trustee or any
Holder in reliance upon such amount required to be returned. This paragraph (d) shall survive the termination of this Indenture. 
 (e) Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between each Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be
accelerated as provided in Article VI hereof for the purposes of the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and
(y) in the event of any acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article VI hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by each Guarantor for the purpose of the Note Guarantee
of such Guarantor. 
  

	SECTION 11.2	 	Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee. 

 To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 11.1, each Guarantor agrees that a notation of such Note Guarantee substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B shall be
endorsed on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee. Such notation of Note Guarantee shall be signed on behalf of such Guarantor by an officer of such Guarantor (or, if an officer is not available, by a board member, director or member,
as applicable) on behalf of such Guarantor by manual or facsimile signature. In case the officer, board member or director or member of such Guarantor who shall have signed such notation of Note Guarantee shall cease to be such Officer, board
member, director or member before the Note on which such Note Guarantee is endorsed shall have been authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, such Note nevertheless may be authenticated and delivered as though the Person who signed such notation
of Note Guarantee had not ceased to be such officer, board member, director or member. 
 Each Guarantor agrees that its Note
Guarantee set forth in Section 11.1 shall remain in full force and effect and apply to all the Notes notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee. The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the
authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of any Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors. 

  
 -76-

 The failure to endorse a Note Guarantee shall not affect or impair the validity thereof.

  

	SECTION 11.3	 	Severability. 

 In case
any provision of any Note Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 

 

	SECTION 11.4	 	Limitation of Guarantors’ Liability. 

 Each Guarantor and by its acceptance hereof each Holder confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance
for purposes of the Bankruptcy Code, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law or the provisions of its local law relating to fraudulent transfer or conveyance. To effectuate the
foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount that will not, after giving effect to all other contingent
and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Note
Guarantee, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 
  

	SECTION 11.5	 	Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., on Certain Terms. 

 No Guarantor may sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person), another Person
other than the Issuer or a Guarantor, unless: 
 (1) immediately after giving effect to such transactions no
Default or Event of Default exists; and 
 (2) either: 

(A) the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such
consolidation or merger assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor under this Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture; or 
 (B) the Net Cash Proceeds of any such sale or other disposition of a Guarantor are applied in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof; and 

(3) the Issuers deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate (upon which the Trustee
shall be entitled to conclusively and exclusively rely), stating that such sale, other disposition, consolidation or merger complies with the requirements of this Indenture. 
 Upon any transaction or series of transactions that are of the type described in, and are effected in accordance with, conditions described in the immediately preceding paragraph, the Surviving Entity
shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Guarantors under this Indenture with the same effect as if such Surviving Entity had been named as a Guarantor herein, as applicable; and when a Surviving
Entity duly assumes all of the obligations and covenants of the Guarantors pursuant to this Indenture and the Note Guarantees, except in the case of a lease, the predecessor Person shall be relieved of all such obligations. 

Except as set forth in Articles IV and V hereof, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent
any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Issuer or another Guarantor, or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Issuer or another Guarantor.

  
 -77-

	SECTION 11.6	 	Release of a Guarantor. 

The Note Guarantee of a Guarantor will be automatically and unconditionally released: 

(a) in the event of a sale or other transfer (including by way of consolidation or merger) of Capital Interests in such
Guarantor in compliance with Section 4.10 following which such Guarantor ceases to be a Subsidiary; 
 (b)
upon the designation of such Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with Section 4.18; 
 (c)
upon a release of such Guarantor from its guarantee of, and all pledges and security interest, if any, granted under the Revolving Credit Agreement in connection with an enforcement action by the collateral agent under the Revolving Credit
Agreement; provided that (x) prior to such release, such Guarantor is also a guarantor or borrower under the Revolving Credit Agreement and (y) after giving effect to such release, such Guarantor will not guarantee any indebtedness of the
Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (d) in connection with a Discharge, legal defeasance or covenant
defeasance in compliance with Article VIII. 
 Upon any release of a Guarantor from its Notes Guarantee, such Guarantor
shall be automatically and unconditionally released from its obligations under the Security Documents. 
  

	SECTION 11.7	 	Benefits Acknowledged. 

Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this
Indenture and that its Notes guarantee and waivers pursuant to its Note Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits. 
  

	SECTION 11.8	 	Future Guarantors. 

 Each
Person that is required to become a Guarantor after the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.17 shall promptly (but no longer than thirty (30) days of becoming required to become a Guarantor) execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental
indenture in the form of Exhibit E pursuant to which such Person shall become a Guarantor. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an
Officers’ Certificate (upon which the Trustee shall be entitled to conclusively and exclusively rely) to the effect, subject to customary assumptions and qualifications, that such supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and
delivered by such Person and that, subject to the application of bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or transfer and other similar laws relating to creditors’ rights generally and to the principles of equity, whether
considered in a proceeding at law or in equity, the Guarantee of such Guarantor is a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Guarantor, enforceable against such Guarantor in accordance with its terms and/or to such other matters as the Trustee
may reasonably request. 

  
 -78-

 ARTICLE XII 
 MISCELLANEOUS 
  

	SECTION 12.1	 	Notices. 

 Any notice or
communication by the Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telecopier, other electronic means or
overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others address: 
 If to the Issuer or any Guarantor: 

Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc. 
 968 James Street 
 Syracuse, NY 13203 

Facsimile: 315-475-9616 
 Attention: William E. Myers, Vice President and General Counsel 
 With a copy to:

 Akerman Senterfitt LLP 
 335 Madison Avenue, 26th floor 
 New York, New York 10017 

Facsimile: 212-880-8965 
 Attention: Wayne A. Wald, Esq. 
 If to the Trustee: 

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. 
 525 William Penn Place, 38th Floor 
 Pittsburgh, PA 15259 

Facsimile: (412) 234-7535 
 Attention: Corporate Unit 
 The Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by notice
to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 
 All notices and
communications (other than those sent to Holders and the Trustee) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when
receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier promising next Business Day delivery. All notices and communications to the Trustee shall only be deemed to have
been duly given upon receipt by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee. 
 Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed
by first class mail or by overnight air courier promising next Business Day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA § 313(c),
to the extent such notice is required by the TIA or would be so required were the TIA applicable this Indenture. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other
Holders. 
 If a notice or communication is mailed or delivered in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is
duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it, except in the case of notices or communications given to the Trustee, which shall be effective only upon actual receipt. 

  
 -79-

 If the Issuer mails a notice or communication to Holders, they shall mail a copy to the
Trustee and each Agent at the same time. 
 The Trustee agrees to accept and act upon instructions or directions pursuant to
this Indenture sent by unsecured e-mail, facsimile transmission or other similar unsecured electronic methods; provided, however, that, the Trustee shall have received an incumbency certificate listing persons designated to give such instructions or
directions and containing specimen signatures of such designated persons, which such incumbency certificate shall be amended and replaced on or before delivery of any such instructions or directions whenever a person is to be added or deleted from
the listing. If the party elects to give the Trustee e-mail, pdf or facsimile instructions (or instructions by a similar electronic method) and the Trustee in its discretion elects to act upon such instructions, the Trustee’s understanding of
such instructions shall be deemed controlling. The Trustee shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance with such instructions notwithstanding such
instructions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction. The party providing electronic instructions agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic methods to submit instructions and directions to the
Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk or interception and misuse by third parties. 
  

	SECTION 12.2	 	Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes. 

 Holders may communicate in accordance with TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture, the Security Documents or the Notes. The Issuer, the Guarantors, the
Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c). 
  

	SECTION 12.3	 	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 

 Upon any request or application by the Issuer to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee: 

(a) an Officers’ Certificate (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.4 hereof) stating that,
in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and 

(b) an Opinion of Counsel (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.4 hereof) stating that, in the
opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied. 
  

	SECTION 12.4	 	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. 

 Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include: 

(a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 

(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions
contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or
she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and 

(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied.

  
 -80-

	SECTION 12.5	 	Rules by Trustee and Agents. 

 The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions. 

 

	SECTION 12.6	 	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders. 

 No director, officer, employee, stockholder, general or limited partner or incorporator, past, present or future, of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, as such or in such capacity, shall have any
personal liability for any obligations of the Issuer under the Notes, any Note Guarantee or this Indenture by reason of his, her or its status as such director, officer, employee, stockholder, general or limited partner or incorporator. Each Holder
of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes. 
  

	SECTION 12.7	 	Governing Law. 

 THE LAW
OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES, IF ANY. The parties to this Indenture each hereby irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or federal
court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Notes, the Note Guarantees or this Indenture, and all such parties hereby irrevocably agree that all claims in respect of
such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or federal court and hereby irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent that they may legally do so, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or
proceeding. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE NOTE
GUARANTEES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. 
  

	SECTION 12.8	 	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 

 This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used
to interpret this Indenture. 
  

	SECTION 12.9	 	Successors. 

 All
agreements of the Issuer and the Guarantors in this Indenture and the Notes and the Note Guarantees, as applicable, shall bind their respective successors and assigns. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors and
assigns. 
  

	SECTION 12.10	 	Severability. 

 In case
any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 

 

	SECTION 12.11	 	Counterpart Originals. 

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the
same agreement. 

  
 -81-

	SECTION 12.12	 	Table of Contents, Headings, Etc. 

 The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this
Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
  

	SECTION 12.13	 	Acts of Holders. 

 (a) Any
request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such
Holders in person or by agent duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly
required, to the Issuer. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of
any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in this Section 12.13. 

(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of
such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to such officer the execution thereof. Where
such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than such signer’s individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of such signer’s authority. The fact and date of the execution of any
such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient. 
 (c) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Holder list maintained under Section 2.5 hereunder. 
 (d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the holder of every Note issued upon
the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Issuer in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such
Note. 
 (e) If the Issuer shall solicit from the Holders any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver
or other Act, the Issuer may, at its option, by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act,
but the Issuer shall have no obligation to do so. If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act may be given before or after such record date, but only the Holders at the close
of business on such record date shall be deemed to be Holders for the purposes of determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of outstanding Notes have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction,
notice, consent, waiver or other Act, and for that purpose the outstanding Notes shall be computed as of such record date; provided that no such authorization, agreement or consent by the Holders on such record date shall be deemed effective
unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than six months after the record date. 
  

	SECTION 12.14	 	Intercreditor Agreement. 

The Trustee, the Collateral Agent and the Holders are bound by the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and the other Security Documents.

  
 -82-

	SECTION 12.15	 	Patriot Act 

 The parties
hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the USA Patriot Act, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is
required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account. The parties to this Agreement agree that they will provide The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company,
N.A. with such information as it may request in order for The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. to satisfy the requirements of the USA Patriot Act. 
 [Signatures on following page] 

  
 -83-

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of
the date first above written. 
  

			
	CARROLS RESTAURANT GROUP, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Paul R. Flanders

		 	Name: Paul R. Flanders
		 	Title:   VP, CFO and Treasurer
	
	CARROLS CORPORATION
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Paul R. Flanders

		 	Name: Paul R. Flanders
		 	Title:   VP, CFO and Treasurer
	
	CARROLS LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Paul R. Flanders

		 	Name: Paul R. Flanders
		 	Title:   VP, CFO and Treasurer

 
			
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Lawrence M. Kusch

		 	Name: Lawrence M. Kusch
		 	Title: Vice President

  
 -2-

 EXHIBIT A 
 FORM OF 11.25% SENIOR SECURED SECOND LIEN NOTE 
 (Face of 11.25% Senior Secured
Second Lien Note) 
 11.25% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2018 
 [Global Note Legend] 
 THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER
REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF A DEPOSITARY OR A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. THIS NOTE IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR NOTES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE
LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF
THE DEPOSITARY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE. 
 UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO CARROLS RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE
NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER,
PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
 TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF CEDE & CO. OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF
PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 2.16 OF THE INDENTURE. 

[Restricted Note Legend] 
 THIS SECURITY HAS NOT
BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH
BELOW. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN
AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT WITHIN ONE YEAR AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY) RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS
SECURITY EXCEPT (A) TO CARROLS RESTAURANT GROUP, INC. OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN
AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (D) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER
EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR (F) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE 

  
 A-1

 
SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF
THIS SECURITY WITHIN ONE YEAR AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY) PURSUANT TO (C), (D) OR (E), THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISH TO THE TRUSTEE AND THE COMPANY SUCH CERTIFICATIONS,
LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS EITHER OF THEM MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. AS USED
HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANING GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. 

  
 A-2

 Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc. 

11.25% SENIOR SECURED SECOND LIEN NOTE DUE 2018 
  

			
	No.	  	INITIAL NOTES CUSIP:
		  	144A: 14574X AA2
		  	Reg S: U14539 AA5
		  	INITIAL NOTES ISIN:
		  	144A: US14574XAA28
		  	Reg S: USU14539AA51

 Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc. promises to pay to Cede & Co. or registered assigns, the
principal sum of [        ] ($[        ]) on May 15, 2018. 
 Interest Payment Dates: May 15 and November 15, beginning [                    ]
[    ], 201[  ] 
 Record Dates: May 1 and November 1 

Reference is made to further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes
have the same effect as if set forth at this place. 
 Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the
Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefits under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof or be valid or obligatory for any purpose. 

  
 A-3

 
			
	CARROLS RESTAURANT GROUP, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	 Name:

Title:

  
 A-4

 TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION 
 This is one of the 11.25% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes 
 referred to in the within-mentioned
Indenture: 
 Dated: [                    ]
[    ], 201[  ] 
  

			
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,
	not in its individual capacity, but solely as Trustee
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory

  
 A-5

 (Reverse of 11.25% Senior Secured Second Lien Note) 

11.25% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2018 
 Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc. 
 Capitalized terms used herein shall have the
meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated. 
 (1) Interest. 

(a) Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the principal
amount of this Note (the “Notes”) at the rate of 11.25% per annum. The Issuer will pay interest in United States dollars (except as otherwise provided herein) semiannually in arrears on May 15 and November 15,
commencing on [                    ] [    ], 201[  ], or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding
Business Day (each an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes (including any Additional Interest, if any) shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and
including May 30, 2012. The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it
shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest shall be computed on
the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. The interest rate on the Notes will in no event be higher than the maximum rate permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by United States law of general application.

 (b) Registration Rights Agreement. The Holder of this Note is entitled to the benefits of a Registration Rights
Agreement, dated as of May 30, 2012, among the Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto and the Initial
Purchasers.1 

(2) Method of Payment. The Issuer will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) on the applicable Interest Payment
Date to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the May 1 and November 1 (whether or not a Business Day) preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are cancelled after such record date and
on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes shall be payable as to principal, premium and interest at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained
for such purpose within or without The City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment
by wire transfer of immediately available funds shall be required with respect to principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided written wire transfer instructions to the
Issuer and the Paying Agent at least three Business Days prior to the date of any such payment. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and
private debts. 
 Any payments of principal of and interest on this Note prior to Stated Maturity shall be binding upon all
future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof, whether or not noted hereon. The amount due and payable at the maturity of this Note shall be payable only upon
presentation and surrender of this Note at an office of the Trustee or the Trustee’s agent appointed for such purposes. 

 

	1 	To be included only in the Initial Notes on the Issue Date and any Additional Notes that bear the Restricted Notes Legend. 

  
 A-6

 (3) Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company,
N.A., the Trustee under the Indenture, shall act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

 (4) Indenture. The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of May 30, 2012 (the
“Indenture”), among the Issuer and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made a part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (U.S. Code
§§ 77aaa-77bbbb) (the “TIA”). To the extent the provisions of this Note are inconsistent with the provisions of the Indenture, the Indenture shall govern. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are
referred to the Indenture for a statement of such terms. The Notes issued on the Issue Date are senior secured Obligations of the Issuer limited to $150,000,000 in aggregate principal amount, plus amounts, if any, sufficient to pay premium and
interest on outstanding Notes as set forth in Paragraph 2 hereof. The Indenture permits the issuance of Additional Notes subject to compliance with certain conditions. 
 The payment of principal and interest on the Notes is unconditionally guaranteed on a senior basis by the Guarantors. 
 (5) Optional Redemption. 
 (a) The Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in
part, at any time prior to May 15, 2015, at the option of the Issuer upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the
principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but not including, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest
due on the relevant interest payment date). 
 (c) The Notes are subject to redemption, at the option of the Issuer, in whole or
in part, at any time on or after May 15, 2015, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice at the Redemption Prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant regular record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date), if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on May 15
of the years indicated: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
		
	 2015
	  	 	105.625	% 
		
	 2016
	  	 	102.813	% 
		
	 2017 and thereafter
	  	 	100.00	% 

 (d) Prior to May 15, 2015, the Issuer may, with the net proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings,
redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes (including Additional Notes) at a Redemption Price equal to 111.250% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to but not including
the date of redemption; provided that at least 65% of the principal amount of Notes then outstanding (including Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of any such redemption (excluding Notes held by the Issuer
or its Subsidiaries) and that any such redemption occurs within 90 days following the closing of any such Equity Offering. 

(6) Mandatory Redemption. Except as set forth under Sections 4.10 and 4.14 of the Indenture, the Issuer shall not be required to
make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 

  
 A-7

 (7) Repurchase at Option of Holder. 

(a) Upon the occurrence of certain events, the Issuer may be required to commence an Offer to Purchase pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer or
as a result of a Change of Control. 
 (b) Holders of the Notes that are the subject of an Offer to Purchase will receive notice
of an Offer to Purchase pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer or as a result of a Change of Control from the Issuer prior to any related Purchase Date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form titled “Option of Holder to Elect
Purchase” appearing below. 
 (8) Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption shall be mailed at least 30 days but
not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in a minimum amount of $2,000 principal amount (and
integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof), unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on the Notes or portions hereof called for redemption. 

(9) Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in initial denominations of $2,000 and any
integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of the Notes may be registered and the Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate
endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuer may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for
redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, it need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a
record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date. 
 (10) Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of a Note
may be treated as its owner for all purposes. 
 (11) Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. Subject to the following
paragraphs, the Indenture and the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of
or tender offer or exchange offer for Notes, and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
then outstanding Notes, including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes. 

Without the consent of any Holders, the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, at any time and from time to time,
may enter into one or more indentures supplemental to the Indenture for any of the following purposes: 
 (1) to
evidence the succession of another Person to the Issuer or any of the Guarantors and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Issuer or such Guarantor in the Indenture, the Guarantees, the Security Documents and in the Notes;

 (2) to add to the covenants of the Issuer for the benefit of the Holders, or to surrender any right or power
herein conferred upon the Issuer; 
 (3) to add additional Events of Default; 

(4) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of the Certificated Notes; 

(5) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment under the Indenture and the Security Documents by a
successor Trustee or Collateral Agent; 

  
 A-8

 (6) to provide for or confirm the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance
with the terms of the Indenture; 
 (7) to add to the Collateral Securing the Notes, to add a Guarantor or to
release a Guarantor and Collateral in accordance with the Indenture; 
 (8) to cure any ambiguity, defect,
omission, mistake or inconsistency; provided that any such change shall not adversely affect the Holders; 

(9) to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under the Indenture; provided that
such actions pursuant to this clause shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders in any material respect, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer; 

(10) to conform the text of the Indenture, the Security Documents or the Notes to any provision of the “Description
of Notes” in the Offering Memorandum; 
 (11) to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant any other Lien in
favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee on behalf of the Holders of the Notes, as additional security for the payment and performance of all or any portion of the Obligations under the Indenture, the Notes and the Security
Documents, in any property or assets, including any which are required to be mortgaged, pledged or hypothecated, or in which a Lien is required to be granted to or for the benefit of the Trustee or the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Indenture, any
of the Security Documents or otherwise; 
 (12) to provide for the release of Collateral from the Lien of the
Indenture and the Security Documents or subordinate to such Lien when permitted or required by the Security Documents or the Indenture; or 
 (13) to enter into or amend the Intercreditor Agreement and/or the Security Documents (or supplement the Intercreditor Agreement and/or the Security Documents) under circumstances provided therein
including (x) if the Issuer incurs First Lien Obligations and/or Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations and (y) in connection with the refinancing of the Revolving Credit Agreement and to secure any Permitted Additional Pari Passu
Obligations under the Security Documents and to appropriately include any of the foregoing in the Intercreditor Agreement and Security Documents. 
 With the consent of (i) the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or
indentures supplemental to the Indenture (together with the other consents required thereby) for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Indenture or the Notes or of modifying in
any manner the rights of the Holders under the Indenture, including the definitions therein, and (ii) the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes and the Permitted Additional Pari Passu
Obligations, voting as one class, the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent may amend or otherwise modify in any manner the Security Documents or the obligations thereunder, including, without limitation, as to property that
constitutes less than all or substantially all of the Collateral, release the Lien on such Collateral; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture, modification or amendment shall, without the consent of the Holder of each
outstanding Note affected thereby: 
 (1) change the Stated Maturity of any Note or of any installment of
interest on any Note, or reduce the amount payable in respect of the principal thereof or the rate of interest thereon or any premium payable thereon, or reduce the amount that would be due and payable on acceleration of the maturity thereof, or
change the place of payment where, or the coin or currency in which, any Note or any premium or interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after the Stated Maturity thereof, or
change the date on which any Notes may be subject to redemption or reduce the Redemption Price therefor, 

  
 A-9

 (2) reduce the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding
Notes, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture or amendment, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver (of compliance with certain provisions of the Indenture or certain defaults thereunder and
their consequences) provided for in the Indenture, 
 (3) modify the obligations of the Issuer to make Offers to
Purchase upon a Change of Control or from the Excess Proceeds of Asset Sales or Excess Proceeds from an Event of Loss if such modification was done after the occurrence of such Change of Control, or after the obligation to make an Asset Sale Offer
has arisen, as applicable; provided that prior to the occurrence of a Change Control, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may waive the requirement to make or complete an Offer to Purchase,

 (4) subordinate, in right of payment, the Notes to any other Debt of the Issuer, 

(5) modify any of the provisions of this paragraph or provisions relating to waivers of past payment defaults or the
rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal or premium, if any, on the Notes, except to increase any such percentage required for such actions or to provide that certain other provisions of the Indenture cannot be modified or waived
without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby, or 
 (6) release any Guarantees
required to be maintained under the Indenture (other than in accordance with the terms of the Indenture). 

In addition, any amendment to, or waiver of, the provisions of the Indenture or any Security Document that has the
effect of releasing all or substantially all of the Collateral from the Liens securing the Notes other than in accordance with the Indenture and the Security Documents or modifying the Intercreditor Agreement in any manner adverse in any material
respect to the Holders of the Notes will require the consent of the holders of at least 66 2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Additional Notes) then outstanding, voting as one class. 

The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may on behalf of the Holders of all the
Notes waive any past default under the Indenture and its consequences, except a default: 
 (1) in any payment in
respect of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Notes (including any Note which is required to have been purchased pursuant to an Offer to Purchase which has been made by the Issuer), or 

(2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under the Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the
consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected. 
 (12) Defaults and Remedies. Events of Default include:

 (1) default in the payment in respect of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Note at its maturity
(whether at Stated Maturity or upon repurchase, acceleration, optional redemption or otherwise); 
 (2) default
in the payment of any interest upon any Note when it becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days; 
 (3) the Issuer fails to accept and pay for Notes tendered when and as required pursuant to an Offer to Purchase as described under Section 4.14; 

(4) except as permitted by the Indenture, (i) any Note Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of
Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), 

  
 A-10

 
shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect and enforceable in accordance with its terms (except as specifically provided in the Indenture) for a period of 30 days after written
notice thereof by the trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes or (ii) the Note Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a
Significant Subsidiary) shall for any reason be asserted by any of the Guarantors or the Issuer not to be in full force and effect and enforceable in accordance with its terms; 

(5) default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or agreement of the Issuer or any Guarantor in the Indenture
(other than a covenant or agreement a default in whose performance or whose breach is specifically dealt with in clauses (1), (2), (3) or (4) above), and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 60 days after written notice
thereof has been given to the Issuer by the Trustee or to the Issuer and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes; 

(6) a default or defaults under any bonds, debentures, notes or other evidences of Debt (other than the Notes) by the
Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary having, individually or in the aggregate, a principal or similar amount outstanding of at least $15.0 million, whether such Debt now exists or shall hereafter be created, which default or defaults shall have
resulted in the acceleration of the maturity of such Debt prior to its express maturity or shall constitute a failure to pay at least $15.0 million of principal amount of such Debt when due and payable after the expiration of any applicable
grace period with respect thereto; 
 (7) the entry against the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a
Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) of a final judgment or final judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $15.0 million
and not covered by insurance (not disputed), by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction, which judgments remain undischarged, unwaived, unstayed, unbonded or unsatisfied for a period of 60 consecutive days; 

(8) (i) the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries
that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: 
 (a) commences a voluntary case, 
 (b) consents to the entry of an
order for relief against it in an involuntary case, 
 (c) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or
for all or substantially all of its property, 
 (d) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its
creditors, or 
 (e) admits, in writing, its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due; or

 (ii) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 

(a) is for relief against the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of
Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, in an involuntary case; 
 (b) appoints a Custodian of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary
or for all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; 

  
 A-11

 (c) orders the liquidation of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that
is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary 
 and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or 
 (9) (x) with respect to any Collateral having a fair market value in excess of $15.0 million, individually or in the aggregate, (a) any default or breach by the Issuer or any Guarantor in the
performance of its obligations under the Security Documents or the Indenture which adversely affects the condition or value of such Collateral or the enforceability, validity, perfection or priority of the Liens in such Collateral, in each case
taken as a whole in any material respect, and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 60 days after written notice thereof by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, or (b) any
security interest created under the Security Documents or under the Indenture is declared invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction or (y) the Issuer or any of the Guarantors asserts, in any pleading in any court of
competent jurisdiction, that any security interest in any Collateral is invalid or unenforceable. 
 If an Event of Default
(other than an Event of Default specified in clause (8) above with respect to the Issuer) occurs and is continuing, then and in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding
Notes may declare the principal of the Notes and any accrued interest on the Notes to be due and payable immediately by a notice in writing to the Issuer (and to the Trustee if given by Holders); provided, however, that after such
acceleration, but before a judgment or decree based on acceleration, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may, under certain circumstances, rescind and annul such acceleration if all Events of Default,
other than the nonpayment of accelerated principal of or interest on the Notes, have been cured or waived as provided in the Indenture. 
 In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes solely because an Event of Default described in clause (6) above has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the
Notes shall be automatically rescinded and annulled if the event of default or payment default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to clause (6) shall be remedied or cured by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or waived by the holders
of the relevant Debt within 20 Business Days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and if the rescission and annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent
jurisdiction obtained by the Trustee for the payment of amounts due on the Notes. 
 If an Event of Default specified in clause
(8) above occurs with respect to the Issuer, the principal of and any accrued interest on the Notes then outstanding shall ipso facto become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any
Holder. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any Default (except Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest) if the Trustee determines that withholding notice is in the interests of the Holders to do so. 

(13) Trustee Dealings with Issuer. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from
and perform services for Issuer, the Guarantors or their respective Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with Issuer, the Guarantors or their respective Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee. 

(14) No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee, stockholder, general or limited partner, member or incorporator,
past, present or future, of the Issuer, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries, as such or in such capacity, shall have any personal liability for any obligations of the Issuer under the Notes, any Guarantee or the Indenture by
reason of his, her or its status as such director, officer, employee, stockholder, general or limited partner, member or incorporator. 
 (15) Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent. 

(16) Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in
common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 

  
 A-12

 (17) CUSIP, ISIN Numbers. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee
on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP, ISIN or other similar numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to the Holders. No representation is
made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 

The Issuer shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to:

 Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc. 
 968 James Street 
 Syracuse, NY 13203 

Facsimile: 315-475-9616 
 Attention: William E. Myers, Vice President and General Counsel 

  
 A-13

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
 To assign this Note, fill in the form below: (I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to 
  

 
 (Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or
tax I.D. no.) 
  
  

 
  
  

 
 (Print or type assignee’s name,
address and zip code) 
  

			
	and irrevocably appoint	 	  

 to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 

Date:                      

 

			
	Your Signature:	 	  

		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

  

			
	Signature guarantee:	 	  

		 	(Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guarantee medallion program)

  
 A-14

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Sections 4.10 (Asset Sale) or 4.14 (Change of Control) of
the Indenture, check the box below: 
 [    ]
Section 4.10            [    ] Section 4.14 
 If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:
$         
  

					
	Date:                     	 	Your Signature:	 	  

		 		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the Note)

  

			
	Tax Identification No.:
		
	Signature guarantee:	 	  

		 	(Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guarantee medallion program)

  
 A-15

 CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON 

EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES 
 Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc. 
 968 James Street 

Syracuse, NY 13203 
 Facsimile: 315-475-9616

 Attention: William E. Myers, Vice President and General Counsel 
 The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. 
 525 William Penn Place, 38th Floor 

Pittsburgh, PA 15259 
 Facsimile:
(412) 234-7535 
 Attention: Corporate Unit 
 Re: Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc. 
 11.25% Senior Secured Second Lien
Notes due 2018 
 CUSIP
#                                         
                               
 Reference is hereby made to that certain Indenture dated May 30, 2012 (the “Indenture”) among Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc. (the “Issuer”), the guarantors party
thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (the “Trustee”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture. 

This certificate relates to $         principal amount of Notes held in (check applicable space)
             book-entry or              definitive form by the undersigned. 

The undersigned                      (transferor)
(check one box below): 
  ̈ hereby requests the Registrar to deliver in exchange for its
beneficial interest in the Global Note held by the Depositary a Note or Notes in definitive, registered form of authorized denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof
indicated above), in accordance with Section 2.6 of the Indenture; or 
  ̈ hereby requests
the Trustee to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes to                      (transferee). 

In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the expiration of the periods referred to in
Rule 144(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms: 
 CHECK ONE BOX BELOW: 
 (1)  ̈ to the Issuer or any
of its subsidiaries; or 
 (2)  ̈ inside the United States to a “qualified institutional
buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on
Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A thereunder; or 

  
 A-16

 (3)  ̈ outside the United States in an offshore transaction
within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in compliance with Rule 904 thereunder. 
 Unless one of
the boxes is checked, the Registrar will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered holder thereof. 

 

	
	  

	Signature

  

			
		
	Signature guarantee:	 	  

		 	(Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guarantee medallion program)

 TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (2) ABOVE IS CHECKED. 

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it
exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Rule 144A”), and is aware
that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information
and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 

 

					
		 		 	[Name of Transferee]
			
	Dated:                     	 		 	  

 NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer 

  
 A-17

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF 11.25% SENIOR SECURED SECOND LIEN NOTES 

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for other 11.25% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes have been made: 

 

									
	 Date of Exchange
	  	Amount of Decrease
in Principal Amount
of this Global Note	  	Amount of Increase
in Principal 
Amount
of this Global Note	  	Principal Amount of
this Global Note
Following Such
Decrease (or Increase)	  	Signature of
Authorized
Officer of
Trustee or 11.25%
Senior Secured
Second Lien
Notes
Custodian
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	

  
 A-18

 EXHIBIT B 
 FORM OF NOTATIONAL GUARANTEE 
 Each Guarantor listed below (hereinafter referred
to as the “Guarantor,” which term includes any successors or assigns under that certain Indenture, dated as of May 30, 2012, by and among Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc. (the “Issuer”) and the Trustee (as
amended and supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”) and any additional Guarantors) has guaranteed the Notes and the obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture, which include (i) the due and punctual payment of the
principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes of the Issuer, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on the overdue principal and premium, if any, and (to the extent permitted by
law) interest on any interest, if any, on the Notes, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms set forth in Article IV of the Indenture,
(ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at
stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, and (iii) the payment of any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Note Guarantee or the
Indenture. 
 The obligations of each Guarantor to the Holders and to the Trustee pursuant to this Note Guarantee and the
Indenture are expressly set forth in Article XI of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to such Indenture for the precise terms of this Note Guarantee. 
 No stockholder, employee, officer, director, general or limited partner, member or incorporator, as such, past, present or future of each Guarantor shall have any liability under this Note Guarantee by
reason of his or its status as such stockholder, employee, officer, director, general or limited partner, member or incorporator. 
 This is a continuing Note Guarantee and shall remain in full force and effect and shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns until full and final payment of all of the
Issuer’s obligations under the Notes and Indenture or until released in accordance with the Indenture and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee and the Holders, and, in the event of any transfer or assignment
of rights by any Holder or the Trustee, the rights and privileges herein conferred upon that party shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions hereof. This is a Note Guarantee
of payment and not of collectability. 
 This Note Guarantee shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until the
certificate of authentication on the Note upon which this Note Guarantee is noted shall have been executed by the Trustee under the Indenture by the manual signature of one of its authorized signatories. The Obligations of each Guarantor under its
Note Guarantee shall be limited to the extent necessary to insure that it does not constitute a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law. 

  
 B-1

 THE TERMS OF ARTICLE XII OF THE INDENTURE ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE.

 Capitalized terms used herein have the same meanings given in the Indenture unless otherwise indicated. 

  
 B-2

 Dated as of
                     
  

			
	[GUARANTORS]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 B-3

 EXHIBIT C 
 [FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED 
 IN CONNECTION WITH TRANSFERS PURSUANT TO RULE
144A] 
 Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc. 

968 James Street 
 Syracuse, NY 13203 

Facsimile: 315-475-9616 
 Attention: William E.
Myers, Vice President and General Counsel 
 The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. 

525 William Penn Place, 38th Floor 
 Pittsburgh,
PA 15259 
 Facsimile: (412) 234-7535 
 Attention: Corporate Unit 
 Re: Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc. (the “Issuer”)
11.25% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”) 
 Ladies and Gentlemen: 

In connection with our proposed sale of $         aggregate principal amount at maturity of the
Notes, we hereby certify that such transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A (“Rule 144A”) under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and,
accordingly, we hereby further certify that the Notes are being transferred to a person that we reasonably believe is purchasing the Notes for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such person exercises sole investment
discretion, and such person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Notes are being transferred in compliance with
any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
 You and the Issuer are entitled to rely upon this
letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. 

 

			
	Very truly yours,
	
	  

	[Name of Transferor]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signature

  

			
		
	Signature guarantee:	 	  

		 	(Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guarantee medallion program)

  
 C-1

 EXHIBIT D 
 [FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED 
 IN CONNECTION WITH TRANSFERS 

PURSUANT TO REGULATION S] 

Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc. 
 968 James
Street 
 Syracuse, NY 13203 

Facsimile: 315-475-9616 
 Attention: William E.
Myers, Vice President and General Counsel 
 The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. 

525 William Penn Place, 38th Floor 
 Pittsburgh,
PA 15259 
 Facsimile: (412) 234-7535 
 Attention: Corporate Unit 
 Re: Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc. (the “Issuer”)
11.25% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”) 
 Ladies and Gentlemen: 

In connection with our proposed sale of $         aggregate principal amount of the Notes, we
confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, we represent that: 

(1) the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States; 

(2) either (a) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any
person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated off-shore securities market and neither we nor any person
acting on our behalf knows that the transaction has been pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States; 
 (3)
no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S, as applicable; and 

(4) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 In addition, if the sale is made during a restricted period and the provisions of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of
Regulation S are applicable thereto, we confirm that such sale has been made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b), as the case may be. 

  
 D-1

 The Issuer and you are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to
produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.

  

			
	Very truly yours,
	
	  

	[Name of Transferor]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signature

  

			
		
	Signature guarantee:	 	  

		 	(Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guarantee medallion program)

  
 D-2

 EXHIBIT E 
 FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE IN RESPECT OF GUARANTEE 
 SUPPLEMENTAL
INDENTURE, dated as of [                    ] (this “Supplemental Indenture”), among [name of Guarantor[s]] (the
“Guarantor[s]”), Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”) and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., a national banking association, as Trustee (the “Trustee”)
under the Indenture referred to below. 
 W I T N E S S E T H: 

WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Trustee are parties to an Indenture, dated as of May 30, 2012 (as amended, supplemented, waived or
otherwise modified, the “Indenture”), providing for the issuance of 11.25% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2018 of the Issuer (the “Notes”); 

WHEREAS, Section 11.8 of the Indenture provides that the Issuer is required to cause the Guarantor[s] to execute and deliver to the
Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guarantor[s] shall guarantee the Notes pursuant to [a] Guarantee[s] on the terms and conditions set forth herein and in Article XI of the Indenture; 

WHEREAS, [the][each] Guarantor desires to enter into this Supplemental Indenture for good and valuable consideration, including
substantial economic benefit in that the financial performance and condition of such Guarantor is dependent on the financial performance and condition of the Issuer; 
 WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Indenture, the parties hereto are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture to amend the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder; and

 WHEREAS, all things necessary to make this a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Issuer have been done. 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby
acknowledged, the Guarantor[s], the Issuer and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: 
 1. Defined Terms. As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein as therein defined. The words “herein,”
“hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof. 

2. Agreement to Guarantee. [The] [Each] Guarantor hereby agree[s], jointly and severally with [all] [any] other Guarantor[s],
fully and unconditionally, to guarantee the Notes and the obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture and the Notes on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article XI of the Indenture and to be bound by (and shall be entitled to
the benefits of) all other applicable provisions of the Indenture as a Guarantor. 
 3. Termination, Release and
Discharge. [The] [Each] Guarantor’s Guarantee shall terminate and be of no further force or effect, and [the] [each] Guarantor shall be released and discharged from all obligations in respect of its Guarantee, only as and when provided in
Section 11.5 of the Indenture. 
 4. Parties. Nothing in this Supplemental Indenture is intended or shall be
construed to give any Person, other than the Holders and the Trustee, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of [the] [each] Guarantor’s Guarantee or any provision contained herein or in Article XI of the Indenture.

 5. Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, THE INDENTURE, THE GUARANTEES AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE 

  
 E-1

 
PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH PRINCIPLES ARE NOT MANDATORILY APPLICABLE BY STATUTE AND THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. THE
ISSUER AND EACH GUARANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY NEW YORK STATE COURT SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK OR ANY FEDERAL COURT SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN
RESPECT OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE INDENTURE, THE GUARANTEES AND THE NOTES, AND IRREVOCABLY ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID
COURTS. THE ISSUER AND EACH GUARANTOR IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT THAT IT MAY EFFECTIVELY DO SO UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, TRIAL BY JURY AND ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT,
ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT AND ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM. NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF THE TRUSTEE OR ANY HOLDER OF THE
NOTES TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR TO COMMENCE LEGAL PROCEEDINGS OR OTHERWISE PROCEED AGAINST THE ISSUER OR ANY GUARANTOR IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. 

6. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in
all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or
hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture. 
 7. Counterparts. The parties hereto may sign one or more copies of this Supplemental Indenture in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. 

8. Headings. The section headings herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the
meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof. 

  
 E-2

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed as of the date first above written. 
  

			
	[GUARANTOR], as Guarantor
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	CARROLS RESTAURANT GROUP, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:Registration Rights Agreement

 Exhibit 4.3 
 REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT 
 by and among 

Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc. 
 and 
 Wells Fargo Securities, LLC 

Dated as of May 30, 2012 

 REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT 

This Registration Rights Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of May 30, 2012, by Carrols
Restaurant Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), the entities named in Schedule I hereto, (the “Guarantors”), and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as representative (the “Representative”)
of the Initial Purchasers (the “Initial Purchasers”) set forth on Schedule I to the Purchase Agreement who have agreed to purchase the Issuer’s 11.25% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”)
fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Guarantors (the “Guarantees”) pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. The Notes and the Guarantees attached thereto are herein collectively referred to as the “Securities.”

 This Agreement is made pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, dated May 24, 2012 (the “Purchase
Agreement”), among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Representative (i) for the benefit of the Initial Purchasers and (ii) for the benefit of the holders from time to time of Transfer Restricted Securities, including the Initial
Purchasers. In order to induce the Initial Purchasers to purchase the Securities, the Issuer has agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the obligations of
the Initial Purchasers, as set forth in Section 6(m) of the Purchase Agreement. 
 The parties hereby agree as follows:

  

	 	SECTION 1.	Definitions. 

 As used in
this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the following meanings: 
 Additional Interest: As defined in
Section 5 hereof. 
 Advice: As defined in Section 6(c) hereof. 

Agreement: As defined in the preamble hereto. 
 Broker-Dealer: Any broker or dealer registered under the Exchange Act. 

Business Day: Any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or U.S. federal holiday or a day on which banking institutions or trust
companies located in New York, New York are authorized or obligated to be closed. 
 Closing Date: The date of this
Agreement. 
 Commission: The Securities and Exchange Commission. 

Consummate: A registered Exchange Offer shall be deemed “Consummated” for purposes of this Agreement upon the
occurrence of (i) the filing and effectiveness under the Securities Act of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer, (ii) the maintenance of such Registration
Statement continuously effective and the keeping of the Exchange Offer open for a period not less than the minimum period 

 
required pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof, and (iii) the delivery by the Issuer to the Registrar under the Indenture of Exchange Securities in the same aggregate principal amount as the
aggregate principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities that were tendered by Holders thereof pursuant to the Exchange Offer. 
 Exchange Act: The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

Exchange Date: As defined in Section 3(a) hereto. 
 Exchange Offer: The registration by the Issuer under the Securities Act of the Exchange Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement pursuant to which the Issuer offers the Holders of all
outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities the opportunity to exchange all such outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities held by such Holders for Exchange Securities in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the
Transfer Restricted Securities tendered in such exchange offer by such Holders. 
 Exchange Offer Registration Statement:
The Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Offer, including the related Prospectus. 
 Exchange Securities:
The 11.25% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2018, of the same series under the Indenture as the Transfer Restricted Securities, to be issued to Holders in exchange for Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to this Agreement. 

FINRA: Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. 
 Guarantees: As defined in the preamble hereto. 
 Guarantors: As
defined in the preamble hereto. 
 Holders: As defined in Section 2(b) hereof. 

Indemnified Holder: As defined in Section 8(a) hereof. 

Indenture: The Indenture, dated as of May 30, 2012, by and among the Issuer, the Guarantors and The Bank of New York Mellon
Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (the “Trustee”), pursuant to which the Securities are to be issued, as such Indenture is amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof. 

Initial Placement: The issuance and sale by the Issuer of the Securities to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to the Purchase
Agreement. 
 Initial Purchasers: As defined in the preamble hereto. 

Initial Securities: The Securities issued and sold by the Issuer to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to the Purchase Agreement on
the Closing Date. 
 Issuer: As defined in the preamble hereto. 

Notes: As defined in the preamble hereto. 

  
 -2-

 Person: An individual, partnership, corporation, trust or unincorporated
organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof. 
 Prospectus: The prospectus included in a
Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement and by all other amendments thereto, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference into such Prospectus. 

Purchase Agreement: As defined in the preamble hereto. 
 Registration Actions: As defined in Section 4(c) hereof. 

Registration Default: As defined in Section 5 hereof. 

Registration Statement: Any registration statement of the Issuer relating to (a) an offering of Exchange Securities pursuant
to an Exchange Offer or (b) the registration for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, which is filed pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, in each case, including the Prospectus included
therein, all amendments and supplements thereto (including post-effective amendments) and all exhibits and material incorporated by reference therein. 
 Securities: As defined in the preamble hereto. 
 Securities Act: The
Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 
 Shelf Filing Deadline: As defined in Section 4(a) hereof. 

Shelf Registration Statement: As defined in Section 4(a) hereof. 

Suspension Period: As defined in Section 4(c) hereof. 

Transfer Restricted Securities: The Securities; provided that the Securities shall cease to be Transfer Restricted
Securities on the earliest to occur of (i) the date on which a Registration Statement with respect to such Securities has become effective under the Securities Act and such Securities have been exchanged or disposed of pursuant to such
Registration Statement or (ii) the date on which such Securities cease to be outstanding. 
 Trust Indenture Act:
The Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. 
 Underwritten Registration or Underwritten Offering: A registration in
which securities of the Issuer are sold to an underwriter for reoffering to the public. 
  

	 	SECTION 2.	Securities Subject to this Agreement. 

 (a) Transfer Restricted Securities. The securities entitled to the benefits of this Agreement are the Transfer Restricted Securities. 

(b) Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities. A Person is deemed to be a holder of Transfer Restricted Securities (each, a
“Holder”) whenever such Person owns Transfer Restricted Securities. 

  
 -3-

	 	SECTION 3.	Registered Exchange Offer. 

(a) Unless the Exchange Offer shall not be permissible under applicable law or Commission policy (after the procedures set forth in
Section 6(a) hereof have been complied with), or there are no Transfer Restricted Securities outstanding, the Issuer shall (i) cause to be filed with the Commission as soon as practicable after the Closing Date, but in no event later than
180 days after the Closing Date (or if such 180th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), a Registration Statement under the Securities Act relating to the Exchange Securities and the Exchange Offer, (ii) use its
reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to be declared effective at the earliest possible time, (iii) in connection with the foregoing, (A) file all pre-effective amendments to such Registration Statement as may be
necessary in order to cause such Registration Statement to become effective, (B) if applicable, file a post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act and (C) use its reasonable best
efforts to cause all necessary filings in connection with the registration and qualification of the Exchange Securities to be made under the state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions to permit Consummation of the Exchange Offer;
provided, however, that neither the Issuer nor the Guarantors shall be required to (x) qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for
this Section 3(a) or (y) take any action which would subject it to general service of process or taxation in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject and (iv) as promptly as practicable after the effectiveness of such
Registration Statement, commence the Exchange Offer. The Issuer and each of the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to Consummate the Exchange Offer not later than 270 days following the Closing Date (or if such 270th day is not a
Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) (the “Exchange Date”). The Exchange Offer shall be on the appropriate form permitting registration of the Exchange Securities to be offered in exchange for the Transfer Restricted
Securities and to permit resales of Transfer Restricted Securities held by Broker-Dealers as contemplated by Section 3(c) hereof. 
 (b) The Issuer and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be effective continuously and shall keep the Exchange Offer open for a
period of not less than the minimum period required under applicable federal and state securities laws to Consummate the Exchange Offer; provided, however, that in no event shall such period be less than 30 days after the date notice
of the Exchange Offer is mailed to the Holders; provided, further, that such period shall be extended by the number of days in any Suspension Period. The Issuer shall cause the Exchange Offer to comply with all applicable federal and state
securities laws. No securities other than the Exchange Securities shall be included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. The Issuer shall use its best efforts to cause the Exchange Offer to be Consummated by the Exchange Date. 

(c) The Issuer shall indicate in a “Plan of Distribution” section contained in the Prospectus forming a part of the Exchange
Offer Registration Statement that any Broker-Dealer who holds Transfer Restricted Securities that were acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (other than Transfer Restricted Securities
acquired directly from the Issuer), may exchange such Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer; however, such Broker-Dealer may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and must,
therefore, deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resales of the Exchange Securities received by such 

  
 -4-

 
Broker-Dealer in the Exchange Offer, which prospectus delivery requirement may be satisfied by the delivery by such Broker-Dealer of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement. Such “Plan of Distribution” section shall also contain all other information with respect to such resales by Broker-Dealers that the Commission may require in order to permit such resales pursuant thereto, but such “Plan of
Distribution” shall not name any such Broker-Dealer or disclose the amount of Transfer Restricted Securities held by any such Broker-Dealer except to the extent required by the Commission as a result of a change in policy after the date of this
Agreement. 
 The Issuer and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof to the extent necessary to ensure that it is available for resales of Transfer Restricted Securities acquired by Broker-Dealers for
their own accounts as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, and to ensure that it conforms with the requirements of this Agreement, the Securities Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the Commission as announced
from time to time, for a period ending on the earlier of (i) 180 days from the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective and (ii) the date on which a Broker-Dealer is no longer required to deliver a
prospectus in connection with market-making or other trading activities. 
 The Issuer shall provide sufficient copies of the
latest version of such Prospectus to Broker-Dealers promptly upon request at any time during such 180-day (or shorter as provided in the foregoing sentence) period in order to facilitate such resales. 

 

	 	SECTION 4.	Shelf Registration. 

 (a)
Shelf Registration. If (i) the Issuer is not required to file an Exchange Offer Registration Statement or to consummate the Exchange Offer solely because the Exchange Offer is not permitted by applicable law or Commission policy (after
the procedures set forth in Section 6(a) hereof have been complied with), (ii) for any reason the Exchange Offer is not Consummated by the Exchange Date, or (iii) prior to the Exchange Date: (A) the Initial Purchasers request
from the Issuer with respect to Transfer Restricted Securities not eligible to be exchanged for Exchange Securities in the Exchange Offer, (B) with respect to any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities such Holder notifies the Issuer that
(i) such Holder is prohibited by applicable law or Commission policy from participating in the Exchange Offer, (ii) such Holder may not resell the Exchange Securities acquired by it in the Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a
prospectus and that the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not appropriate or available for such resales by such Holder, or (iii) such Holder is a Broker-Dealer and holds Transfer Restricted Securities acquired
directly from the Issuer or one of its affiliates or (C) the Initial Purchasers notify the Issuer they will not receive Exchange Securities in exchange for Transfer Restricted Securities constituting any portion of the Initial Purchasers’
unsold allotment, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall: 
 (x) cause to be filed a shelf registration statement
pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, which may be an amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (in either event, the “Shelf Registration Statement”), on or prior to the 50th day after the date on which the
Issuer receives such notice from a Holder of Transfer Restricted 

  
 -5-

 
Securities or an Initial Purchaser (such date being the “Shelf Filing Deadline”), which Shelf Registration Statement shall provide for resales of all Transfer Restricted
Securities the Holders of which shall have provided the information required pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof; provided that the Issuer and the Guarantors shall not be required to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to be filed
earlier than the 180th day following the Closing Date (or if such 180th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day); and 
 (y) use their reasonable best efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective as promptly as practicable, but no later than (A) 60 days (or if such 60th day is not a
Business Day the next succeeding Business Day), or (B) 50 days if the Shelf Registration Statement is not reviewed by the Commission (or if such 50th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), after such time such obligation
to file first arises; provided that the Issuer and the Guarantors shall not be required to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective earlier than the 270th day following the Closing Date (or if such 270th day is not a
Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day). 
 The Issuer and each of the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best
efforts to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the provisions of Sections 6(b) and (c) hereof to the extent necessary to ensure that it is available for resales of Transfer
Restricted Securities by the Holders of such Securities entitled to the benefit of this Section 4(a), and to ensure that it conforms with the requirements of this Agreement, the Securities Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the
Commission as announced from time to time, from the date on which the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission until the expiration of the one-year period referred to in Rule 144 applicable to securities held by
non-affiliates under the Securities Act (or shorter period that will terminate when all the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement. 

(b) Provision by Holders of Certain Information in Connection with the Shelf Registration Statement. No Holder of Transfer
Restricted Securities may include any of its Transfer Restricted Securities in any Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement unless and until such Holder furnishes to the Issuer in writing, within 10 Business Days after receipt of a
request therefor, such information as the Issuer may reasonably request for use in connection with any Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus included therein. Each Holder as to which any Shelf Registration Statement is
being effected agrees to furnish promptly to the Issuer all information required to be disclosed in order to make the information previously furnished to the Issuer by such Holder not materially misleading. 

(c) Suspension. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary and subject to the limitation set forth in the next succeeding paragraph,
at any time after the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, the Issuer shall be entitled to suspend its obligation to file any amendment to the Shelf Registration Statement, furnish any supplement or amendment to a Prospectus included
in the Shelf Registration Statement, make any other filing with the Commission, cause the Shelf Registration Statement or other filing with the Commission to remain effective or take any similar action (collectively, “Registration
Actions”) upon (A) the issuance by the Commission 

  
 -6-

 
of a stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement or the initiation of proceedings with respect to the Shelf Registration Statement under Section 8(d) or 8(e)
of the Securities Act, (B) the occurrence of any event or the existence of any fact as a result of which the Shelf Registration Statement would or shall contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required
to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or the related Prospectus would or shall contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary
to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading or (C) the occurrence or existence of any corporate development that, in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors of the
Issuer, makes it appropriate to postpone or suspend the availability of the Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus. Upon the occurrence of any of the conditions described in clause (A), (B) or (C) above, the Issuer shall
give prompt notice (a “Suspension Notice”) thereof to the Holders. Upon the termination of such condition, the Issuer shall give prompt notice thereof to the Holders and shall promptly proceed with all Registration Actions that were
suspended pursuant to this paragraph. 
 The Issuer may only suspend Registration Actions pursuant to the preceding paragraph
for one or more periods (each, a “Suspension Period”) not to exceed, in the aggregate, (x) forty-five (45) days in any three month period or (y) ninety (90) days in any twelve month period. Any Suspension Period
will not alter the obligations of the Issuer to pay Additional Interest under the circumstances set forth in Section 5 hereof, if applicable. Each Suspension Period shall be deemed to begin on the date the relevant Suspension Notice is given to
the Holders and shall be deemed to end on the earlier to occur of (1) the date on which the Issuer gives the Holders a notice that the Suspension Period has terminated and (2) the date on which the number of days during which a Suspension
Period has been in effect exceeds, in the aggregate, (x) forty-five (45) days in any three month period or (y) ninety (90) days in any twelve month period. 

 

	 	SECTION 5.	Additional Interest. 

 If
(i) the Exchange Offer has not been Consummated on or prior to the date specified for such consummation in this Agreement, (ii) any Shelf Registration Statement, if required hereby, has not been declared effective by the Commission on or
prior to the date specified for such effectiveness in this Agreement or (iii) any Registration Statement required by this Agreement has been declared effective but ceases to be effective at any time at which it is required to be effective under
this Agreement (other than during a Suspension Period), as applicable (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iii), a “Registration Default”), the Issuer hereby agrees that the interest rate borne by the Transfer
Restricted Securities shall be increased by 0.25% per annum during the 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of any Registration Default and shall increase by 0.25% per annum at the end of each subsequent 90-day period (such
increase, “Additional Interest”), but in no event shall such increase exceed 1.00% per annum. Following the cure of all Registration Defaults relating to the particular Transfer Restricted Securities the interest rate borne by
the relevant Transfer Restricted Securities will be reduced to the original interest rate borne by such Transfer Restricted Securities; provided, however, that, if after any such reduction in interest rate, a different Registration
Default occurs, the interest rate borne by the relevant Transfer Restricted Securities shall again be increased pursuant to the foregoing provisions. 

  
 -7-

 Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the amount of Additional Interest pursuant to this
Section 5 shall not increase because more than one Registration Default has occurred and is continuing and (ii) a Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities who is not entitled to the benefits of the Shelf Registration Statement shall not be
entitled to Additional Interest with respect to a Registration Default that pertains to the Shelf Registration Statement. 
 All
accrued Additional Interest shall be payable to the Holders entitled thereto, in the manner provided for the payment of interest in the Indenture, as more fully set forth in the Indenture and the Securities. All obligations of the Issuer and the
Guarantors set forth in the preceding paragraph that are outstanding with respect to any Transfer Restricted Security at the time such security ceases to be a Transfer Restricted Security shall survive until such time as all such obligations with
respect to such security shall have been satisfied in full. 
  

	 	SECTION 6.	Registration Procedures. 

(a) Exchange Offer Registration Statement. In connection with the Exchange Offer, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall comply with
all of the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof, shall use their reasonable best efforts to effect such exchange to permit the sale of Transfer Restricted Securities being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution
thereof set forth in the Registration Statement, and shall comply with all of the following provisions: 
 (i) As
a condition to its participation in the Exchange Offer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities shall furnish, upon the request of the Issuer, prior to the Consummation thereof, a written representation
to the Issuer (which may be contained in the letter of transmittal contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) to the effect that (A) it is not an affiliate of the Issuer, (B) it is not engaged in, and does not intend to
engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in, a distribution of the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer and (C) it is acquiring the Exchange Securities in its ordinary course of
business. In addition, all such Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities shall otherwise cooperate in the Issuer’s preparations for the Exchange Offer. Each Holder hereby acknowledges and agrees that any Broker-Dealer and any such Holder using
the Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the securities to be acquired in the Exchange Offer (1) could not under Commission policy as in effect on the date of this Agreement rely on the position of the Commission enunciated in
Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the Commission’s letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993,
and similar no-action letters, and (2) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction and that such a secondary resale transaction should be covered
by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K if the resales are of Exchange Securities obtained by such Holder in exchange for Transfer
Restricted Securities acquired by such Holder directly from the Issuer. 
 (b) Shelf Registration Statement. If required
pursuant to Section 4, in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, the Issuer and each of the Guarantors shall comply with 

  
 -8-

 
all the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof and shall use its reasonable best efforts to effect such registration to permit the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities being sold in
accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof set forth in such Shelf Registration Statement, and pursuant thereto the Issuer and each of the Guarantors will as promptly as practicable prepare and file with the Commission a
Registration Statement relating to the registration on any appropriate form under the Securities Act, which form shall be available for the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution
thereof set forth in such Shelf Registration Statement. 
 (c) General Provisions. Except as otherwise provided herein,
in connection with any Registration Statement and any Prospectus required by this Agreement to permit the sale or resale of Transfer Restricted Securities (including, without limitation, any Registration Statement and the related Prospectus required
to permit resales of Transfer Restricted Securities by Broker-Dealers), the Issuer and each of the Guarantors shall: 
 (i) use its reasonable best efforts to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective and provide all requisite financial statements for the period specified in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as
applicable; upon the occurrence of any event that would cause any such Registration Statement or the Prospectus contained therein (A) to contain a material misstatement or omission or (B) not to be effective and usable for resale of
Transfer Restricted Securities during the period required by this Agreement, the Issuer shall file as promptly as practicable an appropriate amendment to such Registration Statement, in the case of clause (A), correcting any such misstatement or
omission, and, in the case of either clause (A) or (B), use their best efforts to cause such amendment to be declared effective and such Registration Statement and the related Prospectus to become usable for their intended purpose(s) as soon as
practicable thereafter; 
 (ii) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective
amendments to the applicable Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep the Registration Statement effective for the applicable period set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable, or such shorter period as will terminate when all
Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold; cause the Prospectus to be supplemented by any required Prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act,
and to comply fully with the applicable provisions of Rules 424 and 430A under the Securities Act in a timely manner; and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration
Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus; 

(iii) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, advise the underwriter(s), if any, and the selling Holders as
promptly as practicable and, if a Prospectus is required to be delivered by any Broker-Dealer in the case of an Exchange Offer, advise the Initial Purchasers as promptly as practicable, and, in each case, if requested by such Persons, to confirm
such advice in writing, (A) when the Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to any Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto, when the same has become
effective, (B) of any 

  
 -9-

 
request by the Commission for amendments to the Registration Statement or amendments or supplements to the Prospectus or for additional information relating thereto, (C) of the issuance by
the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the Securities Act or of the suspension by any state securities commission of the qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities for offering or
sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation of any proceeding for any of the preceding purposes, (D) of the existence of any fact or the happening of any event that makes any statement of a material fact made in the Registration Statement, the
Prospectus, any amendment or supplement thereto, or any document incorporated by reference therein untrue, or that requires the making of any additions to or changes in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus in order to make the statements
therein not misleading. If at any time the Commission shall issue any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement, or any state securities commission or other regulatory authority shall issue an order suspending the
qualification or exemption from qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities under state securities or blue sky laws, the Issuer and each of the Guarantors shall use its best efforts to obtain the withdrawal or lifting of such order at the
earliest practicable time; 
 (iv) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement or if a Prospectus is required
to be delivered by any Broker-Dealer in the case of an Exchange Offer, furnish without charge to the Initial Purchasers, each selling Holder named in any Registration Statement, and each of the underwriter(s), if any, before filing with the
Commission, copies of any Registration Statement or any Prospectus included therein, and permit one legal counsel to the Initial Purchasers and such Holders and underwriter(s), if any, with an opportunity to review and comment upon any such
Registration Statement or Prospectus within a reasonable period prior to their filing with the Commission and upon all amendments and supplements thereto such lesser period prior to their filing with the Commission as shall be reasonable and
appropriate under the circumstances, and the Issuer shall not file any documents to which such legal counsel to the Initial Purchasers and such Holders and underwriter(s), if any, reasonably objects in writing (it being agreed that such writing may
for this purpose be in electronic format). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer shall not be required to take any actions under this Section 6(c)(iv) that are not, in the reasonable opinion of counsel for the Issuer, in compliance with
applicable law or to include any disclosure which at the time would have an adverse effect on the business or operations of the Issuer and/or its subsidiaries, as determined in good faith by the Issuer; 

(v) promptly prior to the filing of any document that is to be incorporated by reference into such Registration Statement
or Prospectus, provide copies of such document, to the extent requested, to the Initial Purchasers, each selling Holder named in any Registration Statement, and to the underwriter(s), if any, make the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’
representatives available for discussion of such document and other customary due diligence matters, and include such information in such document prior to the filing thereof as such selling Holders or underwriter(s), if any, reasonably may request;

 (vi) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, or if a Prospectus is required to be delivered by any
Broker-Dealer in the case of an Exchange Offer, make available at reasonable times for inspection by the Initial Purchasers, the managing underwriter(s), if 

  
 -10-

 
any, participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement and one firm of legal counsel or accountant retained by the Initial Purchasers or any of the underwriter(s), all
financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Issuer and each of the Guarantors reasonably requested by any such Persons and cause the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ officers, directors and employees to
supply all information reasonably requested by any such Holder, underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with such Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto subsequent to the filing thereof and prior to its
effectiveness and to participate in meetings with investors to the extent reasonably requested by the managing underwriter(s), if any; 
 (vii) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, if requested by any selling Holders or the underwriter(s), if any, promptly incorporate in any Registration Statement or Prospectus, pursuant to a
supplement or post-effective amendment if necessary, such information as such selling Holders and underwriter(s), if any, may reasonably request to have included therein, including, without limitation, information relating to the “Plan of
Distribution” of the Transfer Restricted Securities, information with respect to the principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities being sold to such underwriter(s), the purchase price being paid therefor and any other terms of the
offering of the Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold in such offering; and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after the Issuer is notified of the matters to be incorporated
in such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment; 
 (viii) use its reasonable best efforts to cause the
Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be rated with the appropriate rating agencies, if so requested by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Securities covered thereby or the underwriter(s), if
any; 
 (ix) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, furnish to each selling Holder and each of the
underwriter(s), if any, without charge, at least one copy of the Registration Statement, as first filed with the Commission, and of each amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules (without documents incorporated by reference
therein or exhibits thereto, unless requested); 
 (x) deliver to (A) in the case of an Exchange Offer, each
Broker-Dealer who submits a written request to the Issuer and (ii) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, each selling Holder and each of the underwriter(s), if any, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including each
preliminary prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Persons reasonably may request; the Issuer and each of the Guarantors hereby consent to the use of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling
Holders and each of the underwriter(s), if any, in connection with the offering and the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto; 

(xi) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, enter into such agreements (including an underwriting agreement), and
make such customary representations and 

  
 -11-

 
warranties, and take all such other customary and appropriate actions in connection therewith in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of the Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to
any Shelf Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement, all to such extent as may be reasonably requested by a majority in aggregate principal amount of Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement
or underwriter in connection with any sale or resale pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement; and whether or not an underwriting agreement is entered into and whether or not the registration is an Underwritten
Registration, the Issuer and each of the Guarantors shall: 
 (A) furnish to the Initial Purchasers, each selling
Holder and each underwriter, if any, in such substance and scope as they may reasonably request and as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in primary underwritten offerings, upon the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement:

 (1) a certificate, dated the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement signed by (y) the
President or any Vice President and (z) a principal financial or accounting officer of the Issuer and each of the Guarantors, confirming, as of the date thereof, the matters set forth in paragraphs (e), (g) and (h) of Section 6
of the Purchase Agreement and such other matters as such parties may reasonably request; 
 (2) an opinion of
counsel for the Issuer and the Guarantors, covering substantially the subject matter of the opinion delivered pursuant to Section 6(a) of the Purchase Agreement, dated the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement; and

 (3) a customary comfort letter, dated the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, from the
Issuer’s independent accountants, in the customary form and covering matters of the type customarily requested to be covered in comfort letters by underwriters in connection with primary underwritten offerings, and covering or affirming the
matters set forth in the comfort letters delivered pursuant to Section 6(d) of the Purchase Agreement; 

(B) set forth in full or incorporate by reference in the underwriting agreement, if any, the indemnification provisions
and procedures of Section 8 hereof with respect to all parties to be indemnified pursuant to said Section; and 
 (C) deliver such other documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by such parties and as are customarily delivered in similar offerings to evidence compliance with Section 6(c)(xi)(A)
hereof and with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Issuer or any of the Guarantors pursuant to this Section 6(c)(xi), if any. 

If at any time the representations and warranties of the Issuer and the Guarantors contemplated by the certificate
furnished pursuant to Section 6(c)(xi)(A)(1) hereof cease 

  
 -12-

 
to be true and correct, the Issuer or the Guarantors shall so advise the Initial Purchasers and the underwriter(s), if any, and each selling Holder promptly and, if requested by such Persons,
shall confirm such advice in writing; 
 (xii) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, prior to any public
offering of Transfer Restricted Securities, use its reasonable best efforts to cooperate with the selling Holders, the underwriter(s), if any, and their respective counsel in connection with the registration and qualification of the Transfer
Restricted Securities under the state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as the selling Holders or underwriter(s), if any, may reasonably request in writing by the time the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective by the
Commission, and use its best efforts to do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement; provided,
however, that neither the Issuer nor the Guarantors shall be required to register or qualify as a foreign corporation where it is not then so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to the service of process in suits or to
taxation in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject; 
 (xiii) in the case of a Shelf Registration
Statement, issue, upon the request of any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement, Exchange Securities having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Transfer Restricted
Securities surrendered to the Issuer by such Holder in exchange therefor or being sold by such Holder; such Exchange Securities to be registered in the name of such Holder or in the name of the purchaser(s) of such Securities, as the case may be; in
return, the Transfer Restricted Securities held by such Holder shall be surrendered to the Issuer for cancellation; 
 (xiv) cooperate with the selling Holders and the underwriter(s), if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold and not
bearing any restrictive legends; and enable such Transfer Restricted Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Holders or the underwriter(s), if any, may request at least three Business Days prior to any sale of
Transfer Restricted Securities made by such Holders or underwriter(s); 
 (xv) use its reasonable best efforts to
cause the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof or the underwriter(s), if
any, to consummate the disposition of such Transfer Restricted Securities, subject to the proviso contained in Section 6(c)(xii) hereof; 
 (xvi) if any fact or event contemplated by Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof shall exist or have occurred, use its best efforts to prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration
Statement or related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of Transfer Restricted Securities, the Prospectus will not contain at the time
of such delivery any untrue statement of any material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; 

  
 -13-

 (xvii) provide a CUSIP number for all Securities not later than the
effective date of the Registration Statement covering such Securities and provide the Trustee under the Indenture with printed certificates for such Securities which are in a form eligible for deposit with the Depository Trust Company and take all
other action necessary to ensure that all such Securities are eligible for deposit with the Depository Trust Company; 
 (xviii) reasonably cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with FINRA and in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter (including any “qualified
independent underwriter”) that is required to be retained in accordance with the rules and regulations of FINRA; 
 (xix) otherwise use its reasonable best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make generally available to its security holders, as soon as practicable, a
consolidated earnings statement meeting the requirements of Rule 158 under the Securities Act (which need not be audited) for the twelve-month period (A) commencing at the end of any fiscal quarter in which Transfer Restricted Securities are
sold to underwriters in a firm commitment or best efforts Underwritten Offering or (B) if not sold to underwriters in such an offering, beginning with the first month of the Issuer’s first fiscal quarter commencing after the effective date
of the Registration Statement; and 
 (xx) cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act not
later than the effective date of the first Registration Statement required by this Agreement, and, in connection therewith, cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders of Securities to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for such
Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the Trust Indenture Act; and to execute and use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents that may be required to effect such changes and all other forms
and documents required to be filed with the Commission to enable such Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner. 
 Each
Holder agrees by acquisition of a Transfer Restricted Security that, upon receipt of any notice from the Issuer of (i) the existence of any fact of the kind described in Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof or (ii) the commencement a
Suspension Period, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the applicable Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus
contemplated by Section 6(c)(xvi) hereof, or until it is advised in writing (the “Advice”) by the Issuer that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are
incorporated by reference in the Prospectus. If so directed by the Issuer, each Holder will deliver to the Issuer (at the Issuer’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus
covering such Transfer Restricted Securities that was current at the time of receipt of such notice. In the event the Issuer shall give any such notice, the time period regarding the effectiveness of such Registration Statement set forth in
Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable, shall be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice pursuant to 

  
 -14-

 
Section 6(c)(iii)(D) or Section 4(c), as the case may be, hereof to and including the date when each selling Holder covered by such Registration Statement shall have received the copies of
the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 6(c)(xvi) hereof or shall have received the Advice. 
  

	 	SECTION 7.	Registration Expenses. 

(a) All expenses incident to the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ performance of or compliance with this Agreement will be borne by
the Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, regardless of whether a Registration Statement becomes effective, including, without limitation: (i) all registration and filing fees and expenses (including filings made by any Initial
Purchasers or Holder with FINRA (and, if applicable, the fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter” and its counsel that may be required by the rules and regulations of FINRA)); (ii) all fees and expenses of
compliance with federal securities and state securities or blue sky laws; (iii) all expenses of printing (including printing certificates for the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer and printing of Prospectuses), messenger
and delivery services and telephone; (iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Issuer and the Guarantors and, subject to Section 7(b) hereof, the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities; (v) all application and filing fees
in connection with listing the Exchange Securities on a securities exchange or automated quotation system pursuant to the requirements thereof; and (vi) all fees and disbursements of independent certified public accountants of the Issuer and
the Guarantors (including the expenses of any special audit and comfort letters required by or incident to such performance). 

The Issuer and each of the Guarantors will, in any event, bear its internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and
expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expenses of any annual audit and the fees and expenses of any Person, including special experts, retained by the Issuer or the Guarantors. 

(b) In connection with any Registration Statement required by this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement and the Shelf Registration Statement), the Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will reimburse the Initial Purchasers and the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities being tendered in the Exchange Offer and/or
resold pursuant to the “Plan of Distribution” contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or registered pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, as applicable, for the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of not
more than one counsel, who shall be Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP or such other counsel as may be chosen by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities for whose benefit such Registration
Statement is being prepared. 
 Each Holder shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any,
relating to the sale or disposition of such Holder’s Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement. 
  

	 	SECTION 8.	Indemnification. 

 (a) The
Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless (i) each Holder and (ii) each Person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of 

  
 -15-

 
Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) any Holder (any of the Persons referred to in this clause (ii) being hereinafter referred to as a
“controlling person”) and (iii) the officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of any Holder or any controlling person (any Person referred to in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) may hereinafter be
referred to as an “Indemnified Holder”) from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments, actions and expenses (including, without limitation, and as incurred, reimbursement of all reasonable costs of
investigating, preparing, pursuing, settling, compromising, paying or defending any claim or action, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, including the reasonable fees and expenses of
counsel to any Indemnified Holder), joint or several, directly or indirectly caused by, related to, based upon, arising out of or in connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration
Statement or Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under
which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 does not apply to any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense to the extent arising out of an untrue statement or
omission or alleged untrue statement or omission that is made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Issuer or the Guarantors by any Holder or any underwriter, expressly for use therein. This indemnity
agreement shall be in addition to any liability which the Issuer or any of the Guarantors may otherwise have. 
 In case any
action or proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation or proceeding) shall be brought or asserted against any of the Indemnified Holders with respect to which indemnity may be sought against the Issuer or the Guarantors, such
Indemnified Holder (or the Indemnified Holder controlled by such controlling person) shall promptly notify the Issuer and the Guarantors in writing; provided, however, that the failure to give such notice shall not relieve the Issuer
or any of the Guarantors of its obligations pursuant to this Agreement to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result of such failure. If such Indemnified Holder is entitled to indemnification under this Section 8 with respect to any
action or proceeding brought by a third party, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall be entitled to assume the defense of any such action or proceeding with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Holder. Upon assumption by the Issuer and
the Guarantors of the defense of any such action or proceeding, such Indemnified Holder shall have the right to participate in such action or proceeding and to retain its own counsel but the Issuer and the Guarantors shall not be liable for any
legal fees and expenses of other counsel subsequently incurred by the Indemnified Holder in connection with the defense thereof unless (i) the Issuer and the Guarantors have agreed to pay such fees and expenses, (ii) the Issuer and the
Guarantors shall have failed to employ counsel satisfactory to such Indemnified Holder in a timely manner or (iii) such Indemnified Holder shall have been advised by counsel that there are actual or potential conflicting interests between the
Issuer, the Guarantors and the Indemnified Holder, including situations in which there are one or more legal defenses available to the Indemnified Holder that are inconsistent with or additional to those available to the Issuer and the Guarantors;
provided, however, that the Issuer and the Guarantors shall not, in connection with any one such action or proceeding or separate but substantially similar or related actions or proceedings arising out of the same general allegations
or circumstances, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) at any time for such Indemnified Holders. The Issuer and the Guarantors shall not consent to the terms of
any compromise or settlement of any action defended by the 

  
 -16-

 
Issuer and the Guarantors in accordance with the foregoing without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Holder unless such compromise or settlement (i) includes an unconditional
release of the Indemnified Holder from all liability arising out of such action, claim, litigation or proceeding and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of the
Indemnified Holder. 
 (b) Each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and
hold harmless the Issuer, the Guarantors and their respective directors, officers of the Issuer and the Guarantors who sign a Registration Statement, and any Person controlling (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or
Section 20 of the Exchange Act) the Issuer or any of the Guarantors, and the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of each such Person, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Issuer and
the Guarantors to each of the Indemnified Holders, but only with respect to claims and actions based on information furnished in writing by such Holder expressly for use in any Registration Statement. In case any action or proceeding shall be
brought against the Issuer, the Guarantors or their respective directors or officers or any such controlling person in respect of which indemnity may be sought against a Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities, such Holder shall have the rights and
duties given the Issuer and the Guarantors, and the Issuer, the Guarantors, their respective directors and officers and any such controlling person shall have the rights and duties given to each Holder by the preceding paragraph. 

(c) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 is unavailable to an indemnified party under Section 8(a) or
(b) hereof (other than by reason of exceptions provided in those Sections) in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments, actions or expenses referred to therein, then each applicable indemnifying party, in lieu of
indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits
received by the Issuer and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, from the Initial Placement (which in the case of the Issuer and the Guarantors shall be deemed to be equal to the total gross proceeds to the Issuer and
the Guarantors from the Initial Placement), the amount of Additional Interest which did not become payable as a result of the filing of the Registration Statement resulting in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments actions or expenses,
and such Registration Statement, or if such allocation is not permitted by applicable law, the relative fault of the Issuer and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which
resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Issuer, on the one hand, and of the Indemnified Holder, on the other hand, shall be determined by
reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Issuer or any of the Guarantors, on the one hand,
or the Indemnified Holders, on the other hand, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses,
claims, damages, liabilities and expenses referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in the second paragraph of Section 8(a) hereof, any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party
in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim. 

  
 -17-

 The Issuer, the Guarantors and each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities agree that it
would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8(c) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take
account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to in the immediately
preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim.
Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8, none of the Holders (and the related Indemnified Holders) shall be required to contribute, in the aggregate, any amount in excess of the amount by which the total discount received by such
Holder with respect to the Initial Securities exceeds the amount of any damages which such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent
misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Holders’ obligations to contribute pursuant to
this Section 8(c) are several in proportion to the respective principal amount of Initial Securities held by each of the Holders hereunder and not joint. 
  

	 	SECTION 9.	Rule 144A. 

 The Issuer
and each of the Guarantors hereby agree with each Holder, for so long as any Transfer Restricted Securities remain outstanding, to make available to any Holder or beneficial owner of Transfer Restricted Securities in connection with any sale thereof
and any prospective purchaser of such Transfer Restricted Securities from such Holder or beneficial owner, the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act in order to permit resales of such Transfer Restricted Securities
pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act. 
  

	 	SECTION 10.	Participation in Underwritten Registrations. 

 No Holder may participate in any Underwritten Registration hereunder unless such Holder (a) agrees to sell such Holder’s Transfer Restricted Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting
arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all reasonable questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements, lock-up letters and other documents
required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements. 
  

	 	SECTION 11.	Selection of Underwriters. 

The Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement who desire to do so may sell such Transfer
Restricted Securities in an Underwritten Offering. In any such Underwritten Offering, the investment banker(s) and managing underwriter(s) that will administer such offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount
of the Transfer Restricted Securities included in such offering; provided, however, that such investment banker(s) and managing underwriter(s) must be reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer. 

  
 -18-

	 	SECTION 12.	Miscellaneous. 

 (a)
Remedies. The Issuer, each of the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers hereby agree that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby
agree to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate. 
 (b) No
Inconsistent Agreements. The Issuer and each of the Guarantors will not on or after the date of this Agreement enter into any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement
or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. Neither the Issuer nor any of the Guarantors have previously entered into any agreement granting any registration rights with respect to its securities to any Person. The rights granted to the
Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of an Issuer’s or any of the Guarantors’ securities under any agreement in effect on the date hereof. 

(c) Adjustments Affecting the Securities. The Issuer will not take any action, or permit any change to occur, with respect to the
Securities that would materially and adversely affect the ability of the Holders to Consummate any Exchange Offer. 
 (d)
Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to or departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Issuer has (i) in the case of
Section 5 hereof and this Section 12(d)(i), obtained the written consent of Holders of all outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities and (ii) in the case of all other provisions hereof, obtained the written consent of Holders of a
majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities (excluding any Transfer Restricted Securities held by the Issuer or its respective Affiliates). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to departure from the
provisions hereof that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose securities are being tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer and that does not affect directly or indirectly the rights of other Holders whose securities are not being
tendered pursuant to such Exchange Offer may be given by the Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities being tendered or registered; provided, however, that, with respect to any matter
that directly or indirectly affects the rights of the Initial Purchasers hereunder, the Issuer shall obtain the written consent of the Representative with respect to which such amendment, qualification, supplement, waiver, consent or departure is to
be effective. 
 (e) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in
writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex, telecopier, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery: 

(i) if to a Holder, at the address set forth on the records of the Registrar under the Indenture, with a copy to the
Registrar under the Indenture; and 

  
 -19-

 (ii) if to the Issuer or the Guarantors: 

Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc. 
 968 James Street 
 Syracuse, NY 13203 

Attention: General Counsel 
 Telecopy: (315) 475-9616 
 (iii) with a copy to (which shall
not constitute notice or service of process pursuant to this Agreement): 
 Akerman Senterfitt LLP 

335 Madison Avenue, 26th Floor 
 New York, NY 10017 
 Attention: Wayne Wald, Esq. 

Telecopy: (212) 880-8965 
 E-mail: wayne.wald@akerman.com 
 All such notices and communications shall be
deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and
on the next Business Day, if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery. 
 Copies of all such notices,
demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee at the address specified in the Indenture. 
 (f) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties, including, without limitation, and without the need
for an express assignment, subsequent Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not inure to the benefit of or be binding upon a successor or assign of a Holder unless and to the extent
such successor or assign acquired Transfer Restricted Securities from such Holder. Nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Transfer Restricted Securities in violation of the terms of the Purchase
Agreement or the Indenture. 
 (g) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the
parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. 

(h) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the
meaning hereof. 
 (i) Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF
THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAW RULES THEREOF. 

  
 -20-

 (j) Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained
herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be
affected or impaired thereby. 
 (k) Entire Agreement. This Agreement is intended by the parties as a final expression of
their agreement and intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other
than those set forth or referred to herein with respect to the registration rights granted by the Issuer with respect to the Transfer Restricted Securities. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with
respect to such subject matter. 
 [The remainder of this page intentionally left blank.] 

  
 -21-

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written
above. 
  

			
	CARROLS RESTAURANT GROUP, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ William E. Myers

		 	Name: William E. Myers
		 	Title: VP, Secretary and General Counsel
	
	CARROLS CORPORATION
		
	By:	 	 /s/ William E. Myers

		 	Name: William E. Myers
		 	Title: VP, Secretary and General Counsel
	
	CARROLS LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/ William E. Myers

		 	Name: William E. Myers
		 	Title: VP, Secretary and General Counsel

  
 S-1

 The foregoing Registration Rights Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date
first above written: 
  

			
	WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC,
	   as Representative of the Initial Purchasers

		
	By:	 	 /s/ David R. Keatley

		 	Name: David R. Keatley
		 	Title: Managing Director

  
 S-2

 SCHEDULE I 
 GUARANTORS 
  

					
	 Name
	 	 Jurisdiction of
Incorporation / Organization
	 	
Chief Executive Office Location

			
	 Carrols Corporation
	 	Delaware	 	968 James St. Syracuse, NY 13203
			
	 Carrols LLC
	 	Delaware	 	968 James St. Syracuse, NY 13203

  
 S-I-1

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00204-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00204-of-00352.parquet"}]]